1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
---|
2 | <!--
|
---|
3 | user_VBoxManage.xml:
|
---|
4 | VBoxManage documentation for the user manual.
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | This XML document is also be used for generating the help text
|
---|
7 | built into VBoxManage as well as manpages (hacking in progress).
|
---|
8 |
|
---|
9 | Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
10 |
|
---|
11 | This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
12 | available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
13 | you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
14 | General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
15 | Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
16 | VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
17 | hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
18 | -->
|
---|
19 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
---|
20 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"[
|
---|
21 | <!ENTITY % all.entities SYSTEM "all-entities.ent">
|
---|
22 | %all.entities;
|
---|
23 | ]>
|
---|
24 | <chapter id="vboxmanage">
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | <title>VBoxManage</title>
|
---|
27 |
|
---|
28 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-intro">
|
---|
29 |
|
---|
30 | <title>Introduction</title>
|
---|
31 |
|
---|
32 | <para>
|
---|
33 | As briefly mentioned in <xref linkend="frontends" />,
|
---|
34 | <command>VBoxManage</command> is the command-line interface to
|
---|
35 | &product-name;. With it, you can completely control &product-name;
|
---|
36 | from the command line of your host operating system.
|
---|
37 | <command>VBoxManage</command> supports all the features that the
|
---|
38 | graphical user interface gives you access to, but it supports a
|
---|
39 | lot more than that. It exposes all the features of the
|
---|
40 | virtualization engine, even those that cannot be accessed from the
|
---|
41 | GUI.
|
---|
42 | </para>
|
---|
43 |
|
---|
44 | <para>
|
---|
45 | You will need to use the command line if you want to do the
|
---|
46 | following:
|
---|
47 | </para>
|
---|
48 |
|
---|
49 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | <listitem>
|
---|
52 | <para>
|
---|
53 | Use a different user interface than the main GUI such as the
|
---|
54 | VBoxHeadless server.
|
---|
55 | </para>
|
---|
56 | </listitem>
|
---|
57 |
|
---|
58 | <listitem>
|
---|
59 | <para>
|
---|
60 | Control some of the more advanced and experimental
|
---|
61 | configuration settings for a VM.
|
---|
62 | </para>
|
---|
63 | </listitem>
|
---|
64 |
|
---|
65 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
66 |
|
---|
67 | <para>
|
---|
68 | There are two main things to keep in mind when using
|
---|
69 | <command>VBoxManage</command>. First,
|
---|
70 | <command>VBoxManage</command> must always be used with a specific
|
---|
71 | subcommand, such as <command>list</command> or
|
---|
72 | <command>createvm</command> or <command>startvm</command>. All the
|
---|
73 | subcommands that <command>VBoxManage</command> supports are
|
---|
74 | described in detail in <xref linkend="vboxmanage" />.
|
---|
75 | </para>
|
---|
76 |
|
---|
77 | <para>
|
---|
78 | Second, most of these subcommands require that you specify a
|
---|
79 | particular virtual machine after the subcommand. There are two
|
---|
80 | ways you can do this:
|
---|
81 | </para>
|
---|
82 |
|
---|
83 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
84 |
|
---|
85 | <listitem>
|
---|
86 | <para>
|
---|
87 | You can specify the VM name, as it is shown in the
|
---|
88 | &product-name; GUI. Note that if that name contains spaces,
|
---|
89 | then you must enclose the entire name in double quotes. This
|
---|
90 | is always required with command line arguments that contain
|
---|
91 | spaces. For example:
|
---|
92 | </para>
|
---|
93 |
|
---|
94 | <screen>VBoxManage startvm "Windows XP"</screen>
|
---|
95 | </listitem>
|
---|
96 |
|
---|
97 | <listitem>
|
---|
98 | <para>
|
---|
99 | You can specify the UUID, which is the internal unique
|
---|
100 | identifier that &product-name; uses to refer to the virtual
|
---|
101 | machine. Assuming that the VM called "Windows XP" has the UUID
|
---|
102 | shown below, the following command has the same effect as the
|
---|
103 | previous example:
|
---|
104 | </para>
|
---|
105 |
|
---|
106 | <screen>VBoxManage startvm 670e746d-abea-4ba6-ad02-2a3b043810a5</screen>
|
---|
107 | </listitem>
|
---|
108 |
|
---|
109 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
110 |
|
---|
111 | <para>
|
---|
112 | You can enter <command>VBoxManage list vms</command> to have all
|
---|
113 | currently registered VMs listed with all their settings, including
|
---|
114 | their respective names and UUIDs.
|
---|
115 | </para>
|
---|
116 |
|
---|
117 | <para>
|
---|
118 | Some typical examples of how to control &product-name; from the
|
---|
119 | command line are listed below:
|
---|
120 | </para>
|
---|
121 |
|
---|
122 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
123 |
|
---|
124 | <listitem>
|
---|
125 | <para>
|
---|
126 | To create a new virtual machine from the command line and
|
---|
127 | immediately register it with &product-name;, use
|
---|
128 | <command>VBoxManage createvm</command> with the
|
---|
129 | <option>--register</option> option, as follows:
|
---|
130 | </para>
|
---|
131 |
|
---|
132 | <screen>$ VBoxManage createvm --name "SUSE 10.2" --register
|
---|
133 | VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
134 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
135 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
136 |
|
---|
137 | Virtual machine 'SUSE 10.2' is created.
|
---|
138 | UUID: c89fc351-8ec6-4f02-a048-57f4d25288e5
|
---|
139 | Settings file: '/home/username/.config/VirtualBox/Machines/SUSE 10.2/SUSE 10.2.xml'</screen>
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | <para>
|
---|
142 | As can be seen from the above output, a new virtual machine
|
---|
143 | has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file.
|
---|
144 | </para>
|
---|
145 |
|
---|
146 | <para>
|
---|
147 | For more details, see
|
---|
148 | <xref
|
---|
149 | linkend="vboxmanage-createvm" />.
|
---|
150 | </para>
|
---|
151 | </listitem>
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | <listitem>
|
---|
154 | <para>
|
---|
155 | To show the configuration of a particular VM, use
|
---|
156 | <command>VBoxManage showvminfo</command>. See
|
---|
157 | <xref
|
---|
158 | linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo" /> for details
|
---|
159 | and an example.
|
---|
160 | </para>
|
---|
161 | </listitem>
|
---|
162 |
|
---|
163 | <listitem>
|
---|
164 | <para>
|
---|
165 | To change settings while a VM is powered off, use
|
---|
166 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>. For example:
|
---|
167 | </para>
|
---|
168 |
|
---|
169 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "Windows XP" --memory 512</screen>
|
---|
170 |
|
---|
171 | <para>
|
---|
172 | See also <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm" />.
|
---|
173 | </para>
|
---|
174 | </listitem>
|
---|
175 |
|
---|
176 | <listitem>
|
---|
177 | <para>
|
---|
178 | To change the storage configuration, such as to add a storage
|
---|
179 | controller and then a virtual disk, use <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
180 | storagectl</command> and <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
181 | storageattach</command>. See
|
---|
182 | <xref
|
---|
183 | linkend="vboxmanage-storagectl" /> and
|
---|
184 | <xref
|
---|
185 | linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />.
|
---|
186 | </para>
|
---|
187 | </listitem>
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | <listitem>
|
---|
190 | <para>
|
---|
191 | To control VM operation, use one of the following:
|
---|
192 | </para>
|
---|
193 |
|
---|
194 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
195 |
|
---|
196 | <listitem>
|
---|
197 | <para>
|
---|
198 | To start a VM that is currently powered off, use
|
---|
199 | <command>VBoxManage startvm</command>. See
|
---|
200 | <xref
|
---|
201 | linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
202 | </para>
|
---|
203 | </listitem>
|
---|
204 |
|
---|
205 | <listitem>
|
---|
206 | <para>
|
---|
207 | To pause or save a VM that is currently running or change
|
---|
208 | some of its settings, use <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
209 | controlvm</command>. See
|
---|
210 | <xref
|
---|
211 | linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" />.
|
---|
212 | </para>
|
---|
213 | </listitem>
|
---|
214 |
|
---|
215 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
216 | </listitem>
|
---|
217 |
|
---|
218 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
219 |
|
---|
220 | </sect1>
|
---|
221 |
|
---|
222 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-cmd-overview">
|
---|
223 |
|
---|
224 | <title>Commands Overview</title>
|
---|
225 |
|
---|
226 | <para>
|
---|
227 | When running <command>VBoxManage</command> without parameters or
|
---|
228 | when supplying an invalid command line, the following command
|
---|
229 | syntax list is shown. Note that the output will be slightly
|
---|
230 | different depending on the host platform. If in doubt, check the
|
---|
231 | output of <command>VBoxManage</command> for the commands available
|
---|
232 | on your particular host.
|
---|
233 | </para>
|
---|
234 |
|
---|
235 | <xi:include href="user_VBoxManage_CommandsOverview.xml" xpointer="xpointer(/sect1/*)"
|
---|
236 | xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
237 |
|
---|
238 | <para>
|
---|
239 | Each time <command>VBoxManage</command> is invoked, only one
|
---|
240 | command can be executed. However, a command might support several
|
---|
241 | subcommands which then can be invoked in one single call. The
|
---|
242 | following sections provide detailed reference information on the
|
---|
243 | different commands.
|
---|
244 | </para>
|
---|
245 |
|
---|
246 | </sect1>
|
---|
247 |
|
---|
248 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-general">
|
---|
249 |
|
---|
250 | <title>General Options</title>
|
---|
251 |
|
---|
252 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
253 |
|
---|
254 | <listitem>
|
---|
255 | <para>
|
---|
256 | <computeroutput>-v|--version</computeroutput>: Show the
|
---|
257 | version of this tool and exit.
|
---|
258 | </para>
|
---|
259 | </listitem>
|
---|
260 |
|
---|
261 | <listitem>
|
---|
262 | <para>
|
---|
263 | <computeroutput>--nologo</computeroutput>: Suppress the output
|
---|
264 | of the logo information. This option is useful for scripts.
|
---|
265 | </para>
|
---|
266 | </listitem>
|
---|
267 |
|
---|
268 | <listitem>
|
---|
269 | <para>
|
---|
270 | <computeroutput>--settingspw</computeroutput>: Specifiy a
|
---|
271 | settings password.
|
---|
272 | </para>
|
---|
273 | </listitem>
|
---|
274 |
|
---|
275 | <listitem>
|
---|
276 | <para>
|
---|
277 | <computeroutput>--settingspwfile</computeroutput>: Specify a
|
---|
278 | file containing the settings password.
|
---|
279 | </para>
|
---|
280 | </listitem>
|
---|
281 |
|
---|
282 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
283 |
|
---|
284 | <para>
|
---|
285 | The settings password is used for certain settings which need to
|
---|
286 | be stored in encrypted form for security reasons. At the moment,
|
---|
287 | the only encrypted setting is the iSCSI initiator secret, see
|
---|
288 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />. As long as no
|
---|
289 | settings password is specified, this information is stored in
|
---|
290 | <emphasis>plain text</emphasis>. After using the
|
---|
291 | <computeroutput>--settingspw|--settingspwfile</computeroutput>
|
---|
292 | option once, it must be always used. Otherwise, the encrypted
|
---|
293 | setting cannot be unencrypted.
|
---|
294 | </para>
|
---|
295 |
|
---|
296 | </sect1>
|
---|
297 |
|
---|
298 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-list">
|
---|
299 |
|
---|
300 | <title>VBoxManage list</title>
|
---|
301 |
|
---|
302 | <para>
|
---|
303 | The <command>list</command> command gives relevant information
|
---|
304 | about your system and information about &product-name;'s current
|
---|
305 | settings.
|
---|
306 | </para>
|
---|
307 |
|
---|
308 | <para>
|
---|
309 | The following subcommands are available with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
310 | list</command>:
|
---|
311 | </para>
|
---|
312 |
|
---|
313 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
314 |
|
---|
315 | <listitem>
|
---|
316 | <para>
|
---|
317 | <command>vms</command>: Lists all virtual machines currently
|
---|
318 | registered with &product-name;. By default this displays a
|
---|
319 | compact list with each VM's name and UUID. If you also specify
|
---|
320 | <computeroutput>--long</computeroutput> or
|
---|
321 | <computeroutput>-l</computeroutput>, this will be a detailed
|
---|
322 | list as with the <command>showvminfo</command> command, see
|
---|
323 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo"/>.
|
---|
324 | </para>
|
---|
325 | </listitem>
|
---|
326 |
|
---|
327 | <listitem>
|
---|
328 | <para>
|
---|
329 | <command>runningvms</command>: Lists all currently running
|
---|
330 | virtual machines by their unique identifiers (UUIDs) in the
|
---|
331 | same format as with <command>vms</command>.
|
---|
332 | </para>
|
---|
333 | </listitem>
|
---|
334 |
|
---|
335 | <listitem>
|
---|
336 | <para>
|
---|
337 | <command>ostypes</command>: Lists all guest operating systems
|
---|
338 | presently known to &product-name;, along with the identifiers
|
---|
339 | used to refer to them with the <command>modifyvm</command>
|
---|
340 | command.
|
---|
341 | </para>
|
---|
342 | </listitem>
|
---|
343 |
|
---|
344 | <listitem>
|
---|
345 | <para>
|
---|
346 | <command>hostdvds</command>, <command>hostfloppies</command>:
|
---|
347 | Lists the DVD, floppy, bridged networking, and host-only
|
---|
348 | networking interfaces on the host, along with the name used to
|
---|
349 | access them from within &product-name;.
|
---|
350 | </para>
|
---|
351 | </listitem>
|
---|
352 |
|
---|
353 | <listitem>
|
---|
354 | <para>
|
---|
355 | <command>intnets</command>: Displays information about the
|
---|
356 | internal networks.
|
---|
357 | </para>
|
---|
358 | </listitem>
|
---|
359 |
|
---|
360 | <listitem>
|
---|
361 | <para>
|
---|
362 | <command>bridgedifs</command>, <command>hostonlyifs</command>,
|
---|
363 | <command>natnets</command>, <command>dhcpservers</command>:
|
---|
364 | Lists the bridged network interfaces, host-only network
|
---|
365 | interfaces, NAT network interfaces, and DHCP servers currently
|
---|
366 | available on the host. See
|
---|
367 | <xref linkend="networkingdetails" />.
|
---|
368 | </para>
|
---|
369 | </listitem>
|
---|
370 |
|
---|
371 | <listitem>
|
---|
372 | <para>
|
---|
373 | <command>hostinfo</command>: Displays information about the
|
---|
374 | host system, such as CPUs, memory size, and operating system
|
---|
375 | version.
|
---|
376 | </para>
|
---|
377 | </listitem>
|
---|
378 |
|
---|
379 | <listitem>
|
---|
380 | <para>
|
---|
381 | <command>hostcpuids</command>: Lists the CPUID parameters for
|
---|
382 | the host CPUs. This can be used for a more fine grained
|
---|
383 | analyis of the host's virtualization capabilities.
|
---|
384 | </para>
|
---|
385 | </listitem>
|
---|
386 |
|
---|
387 | <listitem>
|
---|
388 | <para>
|
---|
389 | <command>hddbackends</command>: Lists all known virtual disk
|
---|
390 | back-ends of &product-name;. For each such format, such as
|
---|
391 | VDI, VMDK, or RAW, this subcommand lists the back-end's
|
---|
392 | capabilities and configuration.
|
---|
393 | </para>
|
---|
394 | </listitem>
|
---|
395 |
|
---|
396 | <listitem>
|
---|
397 | <para>
|
---|
398 | <command>hdds</command>, <command>dvds</command>,
|
---|
399 | <command>floppies</command>: Shows information about virtual
|
---|
400 | disk images currently in use by &product-name;, including all
|
---|
401 | their settings, the unique identifiers (UUIDs) associated with
|
---|
402 | them by &product-name; and all files associated with them.
|
---|
403 | This is the command-line equivalent of the Virtual Media
|
---|
404 | Manager. See <xref linkend="vdis" />.
|
---|
405 | </para>
|
---|
406 | </listitem>
|
---|
407 |
|
---|
408 | <listitem>
|
---|
409 | <para>
|
---|
410 | <command>usbhost</command>: Shows information about USB
|
---|
411 | devices attached to the host, including information useful for
|
---|
412 | constructing USB filters and whether they are currently in use
|
---|
413 | by the host.
|
---|
414 | </para>
|
---|
415 | </listitem>
|
---|
416 |
|
---|
417 | <listitem>
|
---|
418 | <para>
|
---|
419 | <command>usbfilters</command>: Lists all global USB filters
|
---|
420 | registered with &product-name; and displays the filter
|
---|
421 | parameters. Global USB filters are for devices which are
|
---|
422 | accessible to all virtual machines.
|
---|
423 | </para>
|
---|
424 | </listitem>
|
---|
425 |
|
---|
426 | <listitem>
|
---|
427 | <para>
|
---|
428 | <command>systemproperties</command>: Displays some global
|
---|
429 | &product-name; settings, such as minimum and maximum guest RAM
|
---|
430 | and virtual hard disk size, folder settings and the current
|
---|
431 | authentication library in use.
|
---|
432 | </para>
|
---|
433 | </listitem>
|
---|
434 |
|
---|
435 | <listitem>
|
---|
436 | <para>
|
---|
437 | <command>extpacks</command>: Displays all &product-name;
|
---|
438 | extension packs that are currently installed. See
|
---|
439 | <xref linkend="intro-installing" /> and
|
---|
440 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-extpack" />.
|
---|
441 | </para>
|
---|
442 | </listitem>
|
---|
443 |
|
---|
444 | <listitem>
|
---|
445 | <para>
|
---|
446 | <command>groups</command>: Displays details of the VM Groups.
|
---|
447 | See <xref linkend="gui-vmgroups" />.
|
---|
448 | </para>
|
---|
449 | </listitem>
|
---|
450 |
|
---|
451 | <listitem>
|
---|
452 | <para>
|
---|
453 | <command>webcams</command>: Displays a list of webcams
|
---|
454 | attached to the running VM. The output format is a list of
|
---|
455 | absolute paths or aliases that were used for attaching the
|
---|
456 | webcams to the VM using the webcam attach command.
|
---|
457 | </para>
|
---|
458 | </listitem>
|
---|
459 |
|
---|
460 | <listitem>
|
---|
461 | <para>
|
---|
462 | <command>screenshotformats</command>: Displays a list of
|
---|
463 | available screenshot formats.
|
---|
464 | </para>
|
---|
465 | </listitem>
|
---|
466 |
|
---|
467 | <listitem>
|
---|
468 | <para>
|
---|
469 | <command>cloudproviders</command>: Displays a list of cloud
|
---|
470 | providers that are supported by &product-name;. &oci; is an
|
---|
471 | example of a cloud provider.
|
---|
472 | </para>
|
---|
473 | </listitem>
|
---|
474 |
|
---|
475 | <listitem>
|
---|
476 | <para>
|
---|
477 | <command>cloudprofiles</command>: Displays a list of cloud
|
---|
478 | profiles that have been configured.
|
---|
479 | </para>
|
---|
480 |
|
---|
481 | <para>
|
---|
482 | Cloud profiles are used when exporting VMs to a cloud service.
|
---|
483 | See <xref linkend="ovf-export-oci"/>.
|
---|
484 | </para>
|
---|
485 | </listitem>
|
---|
486 |
|
---|
487 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
488 |
|
---|
489 | </sect1>
|
---|
490 |
|
---|
491 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-showvminfo">
|
---|
492 |
|
---|
493 | <title>VBoxManage showvminfo</title>
|
---|
494 |
|
---|
495 | <para>
|
---|
496 | The <command>showvminfo</command> command shows information about
|
---|
497 | a particular virtual machine. This is the same information as
|
---|
498 | <command>VBoxManage list vms --long</command> would show for all
|
---|
499 | virtual machines.
|
---|
500 | </para>
|
---|
501 |
|
---|
502 | <para>
|
---|
503 | You will see information as shown in the following example.
|
---|
504 | </para>
|
---|
505 |
|
---|
506 | <screen>$ VBoxManage showvminfo "Windows XP"
|
---|
507 | VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
508 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
509 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
510 |
|
---|
511 | Name: Windows XP
|
---|
512 | Guest OS: Other/Unknown
|
---|
513 | UUID: 1bf3464d-57c6-4d49-92a9-a5cc3816b7e7
|
---|
514 | Config file: /home/username/.config/VirtualBox/Machines/Windows XP/Windows XP.xml
|
---|
515 | Memory size: 512MB
|
---|
516 | VRAM size: 12MB
|
---|
517 | Number of CPUs: 2
|
---|
518 | Boot menu mode: message and menu
|
---|
519 | Boot Device (1): DVD
|
---|
520 | Boot Device (2): HardDisk
|
---|
521 | Boot Device (3): Not Assigned
|
---|
522 | Boot Device (4): Not Assigned
|
---|
523 | ACPI: on
|
---|
524 | IOAPIC: on
|
---|
525 | ...
|
---|
526 | </screen>
|
---|
527 |
|
---|
528 | <para>
|
---|
529 | Use the <computeroutput>--machinereadable</computeroutput> option
|
---|
530 | to produce the same output, but in machine readable format with a
|
---|
531 | property=value string on each line. For example:
|
---|
532 | </para>
|
---|
533 |
|
---|
534 | <screen>
|
---|
535 | ...
|
---|
536 | groups="/"
|
---|
537 | ostype="Oracle (64-bit)"
|
---|
538 | UUID="457af700-bc0a-4258-aa3c-13b03da171f2"
|
---|
539 | ...
|
---|
540 | </screen>
|
---|
541 |
|
---|
542 | </sect1>
|
---|
543 |
|
---|
544 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-registervm">
|
---|
545 |
|
---|
546 | <title>VBoxManage registervm/unregistervm</title>
|
---|
547 |
|
---|
548 | <para>
|
---|
549 | The <computeroutput>registervm</computeroutput> command enables
|
---|
550 | you to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into
|
---|
551 | &product-name;. The machine must not conflict with one already
|
---|
552 | registered in &product-name; and it may not have any hard or
|
---|
553 | removable disks attached. It is advisable to place the definition
|
---|
554 | file in the machines folder before registering it.
|
---|
555 | </para>
|
---|
556 |
|
---|
557 | <note>
|
---|
558 | <para>
|
---|
559 | When creating a new virtual machine with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
560 | createvm</command>, as shown in
|
---|
561 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-createvm"/>, you can directly specify
|
---|
562 | the <option>--register</option> option to avoid having to
|
---|
563 | register it separately.
|
---|
564 | </para>
|
---|
565 | </note>
|
---|
566 |
|
---|
567 | <para>
|
---|
568 | The <command>unregistervm</command> command unregisters a virtual
|
---|
569 | machine. If <option>--delete</option> is also specified, the
|
---|
570 | following files will also be deleted automatically:
|
---|
571 | </para>
|
---|
572 |
|
---|
573 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
574 |
|
---|
575 | <listitem>
|
---|
576 | <para>
|
---|
577 | All hard disk image files, including differencing files, which
|
---|
578 | are used by the machine and not shared with other machines.
|
---|
579 | </para>
|
---|
580 | </listitem>
|
---|
581 |
|
---|
582 | <listitem>
|
---|
583 | <para>
|
---|
584 | Saved state files that the machine created. One if the machine
|
---|
585 | was in Saved state and one for each online snapshot.
|
---|
586 | </para>
|
---|
587 | </listitem>
|
---|
588 |
|
---|
589 | <listitem>
|
---|
590 | <para>
|
---|
591 | The machine XML file and its backups.
|
---|
592 | </para>
|
---|
593 | </listitem>
|
---|
594 |
|
---|
595 | <listitem>
|
---|
596 | <para>
|
---|
597 | The machine log files.
|
---|
598 | </para>
|
---|
599 | </listitem>
|
---|
600 |
|
---|
601 | <listitem>
|
---|
602 | <para>
|
---|
603 | The machine directory, if it is empty after having deleted all
|
---|
604 | of the above files.
|
---|
605 | </para>
|
---|
606 | </listitem>
|
---|
607 |
|
---|
608 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
609 |
|
---|
610 | </sect1>
|
---|
611 |
|
---|
612 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-createvm">
|
---|
613 |
|
---|
614 | <title>VBoxManage createvm</title>
|
---|
615 |
|
---|
616 | <para>
|
---|
617 | The <command>VBoxManage createvm</command> command creates a new
|
---|
618 | XML virtual machine definition file.
|
---|
619 | </para>
|
---|
620 |
|
---|
621 | <para>
|
---|
622 | You must specify the name of the VM by using <option>--name
|
---|
623 | <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>. This name is used by
|
---|
624 | default as the file name of the settings file that has the
|
---|
625 | <computeroutput>.xml</computeroutput> extension and the machine
|
---|
626 | folder, which is a subfolder of the
|
---|
627 | <computeroutput>.config/VirtualBox/Machines</computeroutput>
|
---|
628 | folder. Note that the machine folder path name varies based on the
|
---|
629 | OS type and the &product-name; version.
|
---|
630 | </para>
|
---|
631 |
|
---|
632 | <para>
|
---|
633 | Ensure that the VM name conforms to the host OS's file name
|
---|
634 | requirements. If you later rename the VM, the file and folder
|
---|
635 | names will be updated to match the new name automatically.
|
---|
636 | </para>
|
---|
637 |
|
---|
638 | <para>
|
---|
639 | The <option>--basefolder <replaceable>path</replaceable></option>
|
---|
640 | option specifies the machine folder path name. Note that the names
|
---|
641 | of the file and the folder do not change if you rename the VM.
|
---|
642 | </para>
|
---|
643 |
|
---|
644 | <para>
|
---|
645 | The <option>--group <replaceable>group-ID</replaceable>,
|
---|
646 | ...</option> option assigns the VM to the specified groups. Note
|
---|
647 | that group IDs always start with
|
---|
648 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> so that they can be nested. By
|
---|
649 | default, each VM is assigned membership to the
|
---|
650 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> group.
|
---|
651 | </para>
|
---|
652 |
|
---|
653 | <para>
|
---|
654 | The <option>--ostype <replaceable>ostype</replaceable></option>
|
---|
655 | option specifies the guest OS to run in the VM. Run the
|
---|
656 | <command>VBoxManage list ostypes</command> command to see the
|
---|
657 | available OS types.
|
---|
658 | </para>
|
---|
659 |
|
---|
660 | <para>
|
---|
661 | The <option>--uuid <replaceable>uuid</replaceable></option> option
|
---|
662 | specifies the universal unique identifier (UUID) of the VM. The
|
---|
663 | UUID must be unique within the namespace of the host or of its VM
|
---|
664 | group memberships. By default, the <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
665 | command automatically generates the UUID.
|
---|
666 | </para>
|
---|
667 |
|
---|
668 | <para>
|
---|
669 | The <computeroutput>--default</computeroutput> option applies a
|
---|
670 | default hardware configuration for the specified guest OS. By
|
---|
671 | default, the VM is created with minimal hardware.
|
---|
672 | </para>
|
---|
673 |
|
---|
674 | <para>
|
---|
675 | The <option>--register</option> option registers the VM with your
|
---|
676 | &product-name; installation. By default, the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
677 | createvm</command> command creates only the XML configuration for
|
---|
678 | the VM but does not registered the VM. If you do not register the
|
---|
679 | VM at creation, you can run the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
680 | registervm</command> command after you create the VM.
|
---|
681 | </para>
|
---|
682 |
|
---|
683 | </sect1>
|
---|
684 |
|
---|
685 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm">
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 | <title>VBoxManage modifyvm</title>
|
---|
688 |
|
---|
689 | <para>
|
---|
690 | This command changes the properties of a registered virtual
|
---|
691 | machine which is not running. Most of the properties that this
|
---|
692 | command makes available correspond to the VM settings that
|
---|
693 | &product-name; graphical user interface displays in each VM's
|
---|
694 | <emphasis role="bold">Settings</emphasis> dialog. These are
|
---|
695 | described in <xref linkend="BasicConcepts" />. However, some of
|
---|
696 | the more advanced settings are only available through the
|
---|
697 | <command>VBoxManage</command> interface.
|
---|
698 | </para>
|
---|
699 |
|
---|
700 | <para>
|
---|
701 | These commands require that the machine is powered off, neither
|
---|
702 | running nor in a Saved state. Some machine settings can also be
|
---|
703 | changed while a machine is running. Those settings will then have
|
---|
704 | a corresponding subcommand with the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
705 | controlvm</command> subcommand. See
|
---|
706 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" />.
|
---|
707 | </para>
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-general">
|
---|
710 |
|
---|
711 | <title>General Settings</title>
|
---|
712 |
|
---|
713 | <para>
|
---|
714 | The following general settings are available through
|
---|
715 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>:
|
---|
716 | </para>
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | <listitem>
|
---|
721 | <para>
|
---|
722 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
723 | Changes the VM's name and can be used to rename the internal
|
---|
724 | virtual machine files, as described in
|
---|
725 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-createvm"/>.
|
---|
726 | </para>
|
---|
727 | </listitem>
|
---|
728 |
|
---|
729 | <listitem>
|
---|
730 | <para>
|
---|
731 | <computeroutput>--groups <group>,
|
---|
732 | ...</computeroutput>: Changes the group membership of a VM.
|
---|
733 | Groups always start with a
|
---|
734 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> and can be nested. By
|
---|
735 | default VMs are in group <computeroutput>/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
736 | </para>
|
---|
737 | </listitem>
|
---|
738 |
|
---|
739 | <listitem>
|
---|
740 | <para>
|
---|
741 | <computeroutput>--description <desc></computeroutput>:
|
---|
742 | Changes the VM's description, which is a way to record
|
---|
743 | details about the VM in a way which is meaningful for the
|
---|
744 | user. The GUI interprets HTML formatting, the command line
|
---|
745 | allows arbitrary strings potentially containing multiple
|
---|
746 | lines.
|
---|
747 | </para>
|
---|
748 | </listitem>
|
---|
749 |
|
---|
750 | <listitem>
|
---|
751 | <para>
|
---|
752 | <computeroutput>--ostype <ostype></computeroutput>:
|
---|
753 | Specifies what guest operating system is supposed to run in
|
---|
754 | the VM. To learn about the various identifiers that can be
|
---|
755 | used here, use <command>VBoxManage list ostypes</command>.
|
---|
756 | </para>
|
---|
757 | </listitem>
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | <listitem>
|
---|
760 | <para>
|
---|
761 | <computeroutput>--iconfile
|
---|
762 | <filename></computeroutput>: Specifies the absolute
|
---|
763 | path on the host file system for the &product-name; icon to
|
---|
764 | be displayed in the VM.
|
---|
765 | </para>
|
---|
766 | </listitem>
|
---|
767 |
|
---|
768 | <listitem>
|
---|
769 | <para>
|
---|
770 | <computeroutput>--memory
|
---|
771 | <memorysize></computeroutput>: Sets the amount of RAM,
|
---|
772 | in MB, that the virtual machine should allocate for itself
|
---|
773 | from the host. See <xref linkend="gui-createvm" />.
|
---|
774 | </para>
|
---|
775 | </listitem>
|
---|
776 |
|
---|
777 | <listitem>
|
---|
778 | <para>
|
---|
779 | <computeroutput>--pagefusion on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
780 | Enables and disables the Page Fusion feature. Page Fusion is
|
---|
781 | disabled by default. The Page Fusion feature minimises
|
---|
782 | memory duplication between VMs with similar configurations
|
---|
783 | running on the same host. See
|
---|
784 | <xref linkend="guestadd-pagefusion" />.
|
---|
785 | </para>
|
---|
786 | </listitem>
|
---|
787 |
|
---|
788 | <listitem>
|
---|
789 | <para>
|
---|
790 | <computeroutput>--vram <vramsize></computeroutput>:
|
---|
791 | Sets the amount of RAM that the virtual graphics card should
|
---|
792 | have. See <xref linkend="settings-display" />.
|
---|
793 | </para>
|
---|
794 | </listitem>
|
---|
795 |
|
---|
796 | <listitem>
|
---|
797 | <para>
|
---|
798 | <computeroutput>--acpi on|off</computeroutput> and
|
---|
799 | <computeroutput>--ioapic on|off</computeroutput>: Determines
|
---|
800 | whether the VM has ACPI and I/O APIC support. See
|
---|
801 | <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
802 | </para>
|
---|
803 | </listitem>
|
---|
804 |
|
---|
805 | <listitem>
|
---|
806 | <para>
|
---|
807 | <computeroutput>--pciattach <host PCI address [@ guest
|
---|
808 | PCI bus address]></computeroutput>: Attaches a specified
|
---|
809 | PCI network controller on the host to a specified PCI bus on
|
---|
810 | the guest. See <xref linkend="pcipassthrough" />.
|
---|
811 | </para>
|
---|
812 | </listitem>
|
---|
813 |
|
---|
814 | <listitem>
|
---|
815 | <para>
|
---|
816 | <computeroutput>--pcidetach <host PCI
|
---|
817 | address></computeroutput>: Detaches a specified PCI
|
---|
818 | network controller on the host from the attached PCI bus on
|
---|
819 | the guest. See <xref linkend="pcipassthrough" />.
|
---|
820 | </para>
|
---|
821 | </listitem>
|
---|
822 |
|
---|
823 | <listitem>
|
---|
824 | <para>
|
---|
825 | <computeroutput>--hardwareuuid
|
---|
826 | <uuid></computeroutput>: The UUID presented to the
|
---|
827 | guest through memory tables (DMI/SMBIOS), hardware, and
|
---|
828 | guest properties. By default this is the same as the VM
|
---|
829 | UUID. This setting is useful when cloning a VM. Teleporting
|
---|
830 | takes care of this automatically.
|
---|
831 | </para>
|
---|
832 | </listitem>
|
---|
833 |
|
---|
834 | <listitem>
|
---|
835 | <para>
|
---|
836 | <computeroutput>--cpus <cpucount></computeroutput>:
|
---|
837 | Sets the number of virtual CPUs for the virtual machine, see
|
---|
838 | <xref linkend="settings-processor" />. If CPU hot-plugging
|
---|
839 | is enabled, this then sets the <emphasis>maximum</emphasis>
|
---|
840 | number of virtual CPUs that can be plugged into the virtual
|
---|
841 | machines.
|
---|
842 | </para>
|
---|
843 | </listitem>
|
---|
844 |
|
---|
845 | <listitem>
|
---|
846 | <para>
|
---|
847 | <computeroutput>--cpuhotplug on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
848 | Enables CPU hot-plugging. When enabled, virtual CPUs can be
|
---|
849 | added to and removed from a virtual machine while it is
|
---|
850 | running. See <xref linkend="cpuhotplug" />.
|
---|
851 | </para>
|
---|
852 | </listitem>
|
---|
853 |
|
---|
854 | <listitem>
|
---|
855 | <para>
|
---|
856 | <computeroutput>--plugcpu|unplugcpu
|
---|
857 | <id></computeroutput>: If CPU hot-plugging is enabled,
|
---|
858 | this setting adds or removes a virtual CPU on the virtual
|
---|
859 | machine. <computeroutput><id></computeroutput>
|
---|
860 | specifies the index of the virtual CPU to be added or
|
---|
861 | removed and must be a number from 0 to the maximum number of
|
---|
862 | CPUs configured with the
|
---|
863 | <computeroutput>--cpus</computeroutput> option. CPU 0 can
|
---|
864 | never be removed.
|
---|
865 | </para>
|
---|
866 | </listitem>
|
---|
867 |
|
---|
868 | <listitem>
|
---|
869 | <para>
|
---|
870 | <computeroutput>--cpuexecutioncap
|
---|
871 | <1-100></computeroutput>: Controls how much CPU time a
|
---|
872 | virtual CPU can use. A value of 50 implies a single virtual
|
---|
873 | CPU can use up to 50% of a single host CPU.
|
---|
874 | </para>
|
---|
875 | </listitem>
|
---|
876 |
|
---|
877 | <listitem>
|
---|
878 | <para>
|
---|
879 | <computeroutput>--pae on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
880 | disables PAE. See <xref linkend="settings-processor" />.
|
---|
881 | </para>
|
---|
882 | </listitem>
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | <listitem>
|
---|
885 | <para>
|
---|
886 | <computeroutput>--longmode on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
887 | and disables long mode. See
|
---|
888 | <xref linkend="settings-processor" />.
|
---|
889 | </para>
|
---|
890 | </listitem>
|
---|
891 |
|
---|
892 | <listitem>
|
---|
893 | <para>
|
---|
894 | <computeroutput>--spec-ctrl on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
895 | and disables the exposure of speculation control interfaces
|
---|
896 | to the guest, provided they are available on the host.
|
---|
897 | Depending on the host CPU and workload, enabling speculation
|
---|
898 | control may significantly reduce performance.
|
---|
899 | </para>
|
---|
900 | </listitem>
|
---|
901 |
|
---|
902 | <listitem>
|
---|
903 | <para>
|
---|
904 | <computeroutput>--cpu-profile <host|intel
|
---|
905 | 80[86|286|386]></computeroutput>: Enables specification
|
---|
906 | of a profile for guest CPU emulation. Specify either one
|
---|
907 | based on the host system CPU (host), or one from a number of
|
---|
908 | older Intel Micro-architectures: 8086, 80286, 80386.
|
---|
909 | </para>
|
---|
910 | </listitem>
|
---|
911 |
|
---|
912 | <listitem>
|
---|
913 | <para>
|
---|
914 | <computeroutput>--hpet on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
915 | disables a High Precision Event Timer (HPET) which can
|
---|
916 | replace the legacy system timers. This is turned off by
|
---|
917 | default. Note that Windows supports a HPET only from Vista
|
---|
918 | onwards.
|
---|
919 | </para>
|
---|
920 | </listitem>
|
---|
921 |
|
---|
922 | <listitem>
|
---|
923 | <para>
|
---|
924 | <computeroutput>--hwvirtex on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
925 | and disables the use of hardware virtualization extensions,
|
---|
926 | such as Intel VT-x or AMD-V, in the processor of your host
|
---|
927 | system. See <xref linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
928 | </para>
|
---|
929 | </listitem>
|
---|
930 |
|
---|
931 | <listitem>
|
---|
932 | <para>
|
---|
933 | <computeroutput>--triplefaultreset on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
934 | Enables resetting of the guest instead of triggering a Guru
|
---|
935 | Meditation. Some guests raise a triple fault to reset the
|
---|
936 | CPU so sometimes this is desired behavior. Works only for
|
---|
937 | non-SMP guests.
|
---|
938 | </para>
|
---|
939 | </listitem>
|
---|
940 |
|
---|
941 | <listitem>
|
---|
942 | <para>
|
---|
943 | <computeroutput>--apic on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
944 | disables I/O APIC. With I/O APIC, operating systems can use
|
---|
945 | more than 16 interrupt requests (IRQs) thus avoiding IRQ
|
---|
946 | sharing for improved reliability. This setting is enabled by
|
---|
947 | default. See <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
948 | </para>
|
---|
949 | </listitem>
|
---|
950 |
|
---|
951 | <listitem>
|
---|
952 | <para>
|
---|
953 | <computeroutput>--x2apic on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
954 | and disables CPU x2APIC support. CPU x2APIC support helps
|
---|
955 | operating systems run more efficiently on high core count
|
---|
956 | configurations, and optimizes interrupt distribution in
|
---|
957 | virtualized environments. This setting is enabled by
|
---|
958 | default. Disable this setting when using host or guest
|
---|
959 | operating systems that are incompatible with x2APIC support.
|
---|
960 | </para>
|
---|
961 | </listitem>
|
---|
962 |
|
---|
963 | <listitem>
|
---|
964 | <para>
|
---|
965 | <computeroutput>--paravirtprovider
|
---|
966 | none|default|legacy|minimal|hyperv|kvm</computeroutput>:
|
---|
967 | Specifies which paravirtualization interface to provide to
|
---|
968 | the guest operating system. Specifying
|
---|
969 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput> explicitly turns off
|
---|
970 | exposing any paravirtualization interface. The option
|
---|
971 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> selects an
|
---|
972 | appropriate interface when starting the VM, depending on the
|
---|
973 | guest OS type. This is the default option chosen when
|
---|
974 | creating new VMs. The
|
---|
975 | <computeroutput>legacy</computeroutput> option is used for
|
---|
976 | VMs which were created with older &product-name; versions
|
---|
977 | and will pick a paravirtualization interface when starting
|
---|
978 | the VM with &product-name; 5.0 and newer. The
|
---|
979 | <computeroutput>minimal</computeroutput> provider is
|
---|
980 | mandatory for Mac OS X guests.
|
---|
981 | <computeroutput>kvm</computeroutput> and
|
---|
982 | <computeroutput>hyperv</computeroutput> are recommended for
|
---|
983 | Linux and Windows guests respectively. These options are
|
---|
984 | explained in <xref linkend="gimproviders" />.
|
---|
985 | </para>
|
---|
986 | </listitem>
|
---|
987 |
|
---|
988 | <listitem>
|
---|
989 | <para>
|
---|
990 | <computeroutput>--paravirtdebug <keyword=value>
|
---|
991 | [,<keyword=value> ...]</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
992 | debugging options specific to the paravirtualization
|
---|
993 | provider configured for this VM. See the provider specific
|
---|
994 | options in <xref linkend="gimdebug" /> for a list of
|
---|
995 | supported keyword-value pairs for each provider.
|
---|
996 | </para>
|
---|
997 | </listitem>
|
---|
998 |
|
---|
999 | <listitem>
|
---|
1000 | <para>
|
---|
1001 | <computeroutput>--nestedpaging on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1002 | hardware virtualization is enabled, this additional setting
|
---|
1003 | enables or disables the use of the nested paging feature in
|
---|
1004 | the processor of your host system. See
|
---|
1005 | <xref linkend="hwvirt" /> and
|
---|
1006 | <xref linkend="sec-rec-cve-2018-3646" />.
|
---|
1007 | </para>
|
---|
1008 | </listitem>
|
---|
1009 |
|
---|
1010 | <listitem>
|
---|
1011 | <para>
|
---|
1012 | <computeroutput>--largepages on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1013 | hardware virtualization <emphasis>and</emphasis> nested
|
---|
1014 | paging are enabled, for Intel VT-x only, an additional
|
---|
1015 | performance improvement of up to 5% can be obtained by
|
---|
1016 | enabling this setting. This causes the hypervisor to use
|
---|
1017 | large pages to reduce TLB use and overhead.
|
---|
1018 | </para>
|
---|
1019 | </listitem>
|
---|
1020 |
|
---|
1021 | <listitem>
|
---|
1022 | <para>
|
---|
1023 | <computeroutput>--vtxvpid on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1024 | hardware virtualization is enabled, for Intel VT-x only,
|
---|
1025 | this additional setting enables or disables the use of the
|
---|
1026 | tagged TLB (VPID) feature in the processor of your host
|
---|
1027 | system. See <xref linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
1028 | </para>
|
---|
1029 | </listitem>
|
---|
1030 |
|
---|
1031 | <listitem>
|
---|
1032 | <para>
|
---|
1033 | <computeroutput>--vtxux on|off</computeroutput>: If hardware
|
---|
1034 | virtualization is enabled, for Intel VT-x only, this setting
|
---|
1035 | enables or disables the use of the unrestricted guest mode
|
---|
1036 | feature for executing your guest.
|
---|
1037 | </para>
|
---|
1038 | </listitem>
|
---|
1039 |
|
---|
1040 | <listitem>
|
---|
1041 | <para>
|
---|
1042 | <computeroutput>--accelerate3d on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1043 | the Guest Additions are installed, this setting enables or
|
---|
1044 | disables hardware 3D acceleration. See
|
---|
1045 | <xref linkend="guestadd-3d" />.
|
---|
1046 | </para>
|
---|
1047 | </listitem>
|
---|
1048 |
|
---|
1049 | <listitem>
|
---|
1050 | <para>
|
---|
1051 | <computeroutput>--accelerate2dvideo on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1052 | If the Guest Additions are installed, this setting enables
|
---|
1053 | or disables 2D video acceleration. See
|
---|
1054 | <xref linkend="guestadd-2d" />.
|
---|
1055 | </para>
|
---|
1056 | </listitem>
|
---|
1057 |
|
---|
1058 | <listitem>
|
---|
1059 | <para>
|
---|
1060 | <computeroutput>--chipset piix3|ich9</computeroutput>: By
|
---|
1061 | default, &product-name; emulates an Intel PIIX3 chipset.
|
---|
1062 | Usually there is no reason to change the default setting
|
---|
1063 | unless this is required to relax some of its constraints.
|
---|
1064 | See <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
1065 | </para>
|
---|
1066 | </listitem>
|
---|
1067 |
|
---|
1068 | <listitem>
|
---|
1069 | <para>
|
---|
1070 | You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a
|
---|
1071 | virtual machine starts up with a number of settings. By
|
---|
1072 | default, an &product-name; logo is displayed.
|
---|
1073 | </para>
|
---|
1074 |
|
---|
1075 | <para>
|
---|
1076 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogofadein
|
---|
1077 | on|off</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1078 | <computeroutput>--bioslogofadeout on|off</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1079 | you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out,
|
---|
1080 | respectively.
|
---|
1081 | </para>
|
---|
1082 |
|
---|
1083 | <para>
|
---|
1084 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogodisplaytime
|
---|
1085 | <msec></computeroutput> you can set how long the logo
|
---|
1086 | should be visible, in milliseconds.
|
---|
1087 | </para>
|
---|
1088 |
|
---|
1089 | <para>
|
---|
1090 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogoimagepath
|
---|
1091 | <imagepath></computeroutput> you can replace the image
|
---|
1092 | that is shown with your own logo. The image must be an
|
---|
1093 | uncompressed 256 color BMP file without color space
|
---|
1094 | information (Windows 3.0 format). The image must not be
|
---|
1095 | bigger than 640 x 480.
|
---|
1096 | </para>
|
---|
1097 | </listitem>
|
---|
1098 |
|
---|
1099 | <listitem>
|
---|
1100 | <para>
|
---|
1101 | <computeroutput>--biosbootmenu
|
---|
1102 | disabled|menuonly|messageandmenu</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1103 | whether the BIOS enables the user to select a temporary boot
|
---|
1104 | device. The <computeroutput>menuonly</computeroutput> option
|
---|
1105 | suppresses the message, but the user can still press F12 to
|
---|
1106 | select a temporary boot device.
|
---|
1107 | </para>
|
---|
1108 | </listitem>
|
---|
1109 |
|
---|
1110 | <listitem>
|
---|
1111 | <para>
|
---|
1112 | <computeroutput>--biosapic
|
---|
1113 | x2apic|apic|disabled</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1114 | firmware APIC level to be used. Options are: x2apic, apic or
|
---|
1115 | disabled (no apic or x2apic) respectively.
|
---|
1116 | </para>
|
---|
1117 |
|
---|
1118 | <para>
|
---|
1119 | Note that if x2apic is specified and x2APIC is unsupported
|
---|
1120 | by the VCPU, biosapic downgrades to apic, if supported.
|
---|
1121 | Otherwise biosapic downgrades to disabled. Similarly, if
|
---|
1122 | apic is specified, and APIC is unsupported, a downgrade to
|
---|
1123 | disabled results.
|
---|
1124 | </para>
|
---|
1125 | </listitem>
|
---|
1126 |
|
---|
1127 | <listitem>
|
---|
1128 | <para>
|
---|
1129 | <computeroutput>--biossystemtimeoffset
|
---|
1130 | <ms></computeroutput>: Specifies a fixed time offset,
|
---|
1131 | in milliseconds, of the guest relative to the host time. If
|
---|
1132 | the offset is positive, the guest time runs ahead of the
|
---|
1133 | host time.
|
---|
1134 | </para>
|
---|
1135 | </listitem>
|
---|
1136 |
|
---|
1137 | <listitem>
|
---|
1138 | <para>
|
---|
1139 | <computeroutput>--biospxedebug on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1140 | Enables additional debugging output when using the Intel PXE
|
---|
1141 | boot ROM. The output is written to the release log file. See
|
---|
1142 | <xref linkend="collect-debug-info" />.
|
---|
1143 | </para>
|
---|
1144 | </listitem>
|
---|
1145 |
|
---|
1146 | <listitem>
|
---|
1147 | <para>
|
---|
1148 | <computeroutput>--boot<1-4>
|
---|
1149 | none|floppy|dvd|disk|net</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1150 | boot order for the virtual machine. There are four
|
---|
1151 | <emphasis>slots</emphasis>, which the VM will try to access
|
---|
1152 | from 1 to 4, and for each of which you can set a device that
|
---|
1153 | the VM should attempt to boot from.
|
---|
1154 | </para>
|
---|
1155 | </listitem>
|
---|
1156 |
|
---|
1157 | <listitem>
|
---|
1158 | <para>
|
---|
1159 | <computeroutput>--rtcuseutc on|off</computeroutput>: Sets
|
---|
1160 | the real-time clock (RTC) to operate in UTC time. See
|
---|
1161 | <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
1162 | </para>
|
---|
1163 | </listitem>
|
---|
1164 |
|
---|
1165 | <listitem>
|
---|
1166 | <para>
|
---|
1167 | <computeroutput>--graphicscontroller
|
---|
1168 | none|vboxvga|vmsvga|vboxsvga</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1169 | use of a graphics controller, with an option to choose a
|
---|
1170 | specific type. See <xref linkend="settings-screen" />.
|
---|
1171 | </para>
|
---|
1172 | </listitem>
|
---|
1173 |
|
---|
1174 | <listitem>
|
---|
1175 | <para>
|
---|
1176 | <computeroutput>--snapshotfolder
|
---|
1177 | default|<path></computeroutput>: Specifies the folder
|
---|
1178 | where snapshots are kept for a virtual machine.
|
---|
1179 | </para>
|
---|
1180 | </listitem>
|
---|
1181 |
|
---|
1182 | <listitem>
|
---|
1183 | <para>
|
---|
1184 | <computeroutput>--firmware
|
---|
1185 | bios|efi|efi32|efi64</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1186 | firmware to be used to boot the VM: Available options are:
|
---|
1187 | BIOS, or one of the EFI options: efi, efi32, or efi64. Use
|
---|
1188 | EFI options with care.
|
---|
1189 | </para>
|
---|
1190 | </listitem>
|
---|
1191 |
|
---|
1192 | <listitem>
|
---|
1193 | <para>
|
---|
1194 | <computeroutput>--guestmemoryballoon
|
---|
1195 | <size></computeroutput> Sets the default size of the
|
---|
1196 | guest memory balloon. This is the memory allocated by the
|
---|
1197 | &product-name; Guest Additions from the guest operating
|
---|
1198 | system and returned to the hypervisor for reuse by other
|
---|
1199 | virtual machines.
|
---|
1200 | <computeroutput><size></computeroutput> must be
|
---|
1201 | specified in megabytes. The default size is 0 megabytes. See
|
---|
1202 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />.
|
---|
1203 | </para>
|
---|
1204 | </listitem>
|
---|
1205 |
|
---|
1206 | <listitem>
|
---|
1207 | <para>
|
---|
1208 | <computeroutput>--defaultfrontend
|
---|
1209 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Specifies the default
|
---|
1210 | frontend to be used when starting this VM. See
|
---|
1211 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
1212 | </para>
|
---|
1213 | </listitem>
|
---|
1214 |
|
---|
1215 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1216 |
|
---|
1217 | </sect2>
|
---|
1218 |
|
---|
1219 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-networking">
|
---|
1220 |
|
---|
1221 | <title>Networking Settings</title>
|
---|
1222 |
|
---|
1223 | <para>
|
---|
1224 | The following networking settings are available through
|
---|
1225 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>. With all these settings,
|
---|
1226 | the decimal number directly following the option name, 1-N in
|
---|
1227 | the list below, specifies the virtual network adapter whose
|
---|
1228 | settings should be changed.
|
---|
1229 | </para>
|
---|
1230 |
|
---|
1231 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1232 |
|
---|
1233 | <listitem>
|
---|
1234 | <para>
|
---|
1235 | <computeroutput>--nic<1-N>
|
---|
1236 | none|null|nat|natnetwork|bridged|intnet|hostonly|generic</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1237 | Configures the type of networking for each of the VM's
|
---|
1238 | virtual network cards. Options are: not present
|
---|
1239 | (<computeroutput>none</computeroutput>), not connected to
|
---|
1240 | the host (<computeroutput>null</computeroutput>), use
|
---|
1241 | network address translation
|
---|
1242 | (<computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>), use the new network
|
---|
1243 | address translation engine
|
---|
1244 | (<computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>), bridged
|
---|
1245 | networking (<computeroutput>bridged</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
1246 | use internal networking
|
---|
1247 | (<computeroutput>intnet</computeroutput>), host-only
|
---|
1248 | networking (<computeroutput>hostonly</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
1249 | access rarely used sub-modes
|
---|
1250 | (<computeroutput>generic</computeroutput>). These options
|
---|
1251 | correspond to the modes described in
|
---|
1252 | <xref
|
---|
1253 | linkend="networkingmodes" />.
|
---|
1254 | </para>
|
---|
1255 | </listitem>
|
---|
1256 |
|
---|
1257 | <listitem>
|
---|
1258 | <para>
|
---|
1259 | <computeroutput>--nictype<1-N>
|
---|
1260 | Am79C970A|Am79C973|82540EM|82543GC|82545EM|virtio</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1261 | Enables you to specify the networking hardware that
|
---|
1262 | &product-name; presents to the guest for a specified VM
|
---|
1263 | virtual network card. See <xref linkend="nichardware" />.
|
---|
1264 | </para>
|
---|
1265 | </listitem>
|
---|
1266 |
|
---|
1267 | <listitem>
|
---|
1268 | <para>
|
---|
1269 | <computeroutput>--cableconnected<1-N>
|
---|
1270 | on|off</computeroutput>: Enables you to temporarily
|
---|
1271 | disconnect a virtual network interface, as if a network
|
---|
1272 | cable had been pulled from a real network card. This might
|
---|
1273 | be useful, for example for resetting certain software
|
---|
1274 | components in the VM.
|
---|
1275 | </para>
|
---|
1276 | </listitem>
|
---|
1277 |
|
---|
1278 | <listitem>
|
---|
1279 | <para>
|
---|
1280 | With the <computeroutput>nictrace</computeroutput> options,
|
---|
1281 | you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a
|
---|
1282 | file, for debugging purposes.
|
---|
1283 | </para>
|
---|
1284 |
|
---|
1285 | <para>
|
---|
1286 | With <computeroutput>--nictrace<1-N>
|
---|
1287 | on|off</computeroutput>, you can enable network tracing for
|
---|
1288 | a particular virtual network card.
|
---|
1289 | </para>
|
---|
1290 |
|
---|
1291 | <para>
|
---|
1292 | If enabled, you must specify with
|
---|
1293 | <computeroutput>--nictracefile<1-N>
|
---|
1294 | <filename></computeroutput> the absolute path of the
|
---|
1295 | file the trace should be logged to.
|
---|
1296 | </para>
|
---|
1297 | </listitem>
|
---|
1298 |
|
---|
1299 | <listitem>
|
---|
1300 | <para>
|
---|
1301 | <computeroutput>--nicproperty<1-N>
|
---|
1302 | <paramname>="paramvalue"</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1303 | option, in combination with
|
---|
1304 | <computeroutput>nicgenericdrv</computeroutput> enables you
|
---|
1305 | to pass parameters to rarely-used network backends.
|
---|
1306 | </para>
|
---|
1307 |
|
---|
1308 | <para>
|
---|
1309 | These parameters are backend engine-specific, and are
|
---|
1310 | different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers.
|
---|
1311 | For examples, see <xref linkend="network_udp_tunnel" />.
|
---|
1312 | </para>
|
---|
1313 | </listitem>
|
---|
1314 |
|
---|
1315 | <listitem>
|
---|
1316 | <para>
|
---|
1317 | <computeroutput>--nicspeed<1-N>
|
---|
1318 | <kbps></computeroutput>: Only has an effect if generic
|
---|
1319 | networking has been enabled for a particular virtual network
|
---|
1320 | card. See the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
1321 | This mode enables access to rarely used networking
|
---|
1322 | sub-modes, such as VDE network or UDP Tunnel. This option
|
---|
1323 | specifies the throughput rate in KBps.
|
---|
1324 | </para>
|
---|
1325 | </listitem>
|
---|
1326 |
|
---|
1327 | <listitem>
|
---|
1328 | <para>
|
---|
1329 | <computeroutput>--nicbootprio<1-N>
|
---|
1330 | <priority></computeroutput>: Specifies the order in
|
---|
1331 | which NICs are tried for booting over the network, using
|
---|
1332 | PXE. The priority is an integer in the 0 to 4 range.
|
---|
1333 | Priority 1 is the highest, priority 4 is low. Priority 0,
|
---|
1334 | which is the default unless otherwise specified, is the
|
---|
1335 | lowest.
|
---|
1336 | </para>
|
---|
1337 |
|
---|
1338 | <para>
|
---|
1339 | Note that this option only has an effect when the Intel PXE
|
---|
1340 | boot ROM is used.
|
---|
1341 | </para>
|
---|
1342 | </listitem>
|
---|
1343 |
|
---|
1344 | <listitem>
|
---|
1345 | <para>
|
---|
1346 | <computeroutput>--nicpromisc<1-N>
|
---|
1347 | deny|allow-vms|allow-all</computeroutput>: Enables you to
|
---|
1348 | specify how promiscuous mode is handled for the specified VM
|
---|
1349 | virtual network card. This setting is only relevant for
|
---|
1350 | bridged networking. <computeroutput>deny</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1351 | the default setting, hides any traffic not intended for the
|
---|
1352 | VM. <computeroutput>allow-vms</computeroutput> hides all
|
---|
1353 | host traffic from the VM, but allows the VM to see traffic
|
---|
1354 | to and from other VMs.
|
---|
1355 | <computeroutput>allow-all</computeroutput> removes this
|
---|
1356 | restriction completely.
|
---|
1357 | </para>
|
---|
1358 | </listitem>
|
---|
1359 |
|
---|
1360 | <listitem>
|
---|
1361 | <para>
|
---|
1362 | <computeroutput>--nicbandwidthgroup<1-N>
|
---|
1363 | none|<name></computeroutput>: Adds and removes an
|
---|
1364 | assignment of a bandwidth group for the specified virtual
|
---|
1365 | network interface. Specifying
|
---|
1366 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput> removes any current
|
---|
1367 | bandwidth group assignment from the specified virtual
|
---|
1368 | network interface. Specifying
|
---|
1369 | <computeroutput><name></computeroutput> adds an
|
---|
1370 | assignment of a bandwidth group to the specified virtual
|
---|
1371 | network interface.
|
---|
1372 | </para>
|
---|
1373 |
|
---|
1374 | <para>
|
---|
1375 | See <xref linkend="network_bandwidth_limit" />.
|
---|
1376 | </para>
|
---|
1377 | </listitem>
|
---|
1378 |
|
---|
1379 | <listitem>
|
---|
1380 | <para>
|
---|
1381 | <computeroutput>--bridgeadapter<1-N>
|
---|
1382 | none|<devicename></computeroutput>: Only has an effect
|
---|
1383 | if bridged networking has been enabled for a virtual network
|
---|
1384 | card. See the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
1385 | Use this option to specify which host interface the given
|
---|
1386 | virtual network interface will use. See
|
---|
1387 | <xref linkend="network_bridged" />.
|
---|
1388 | </para>
|
---|
1389 | </listitem>
|
---|
1390 |
|
---|
1391 | <listitem>
|
---|
1392 | <para>
|
---|
1393 | <computeroutput>--hostonlyadapter<1-N>
|
---|
1394 | none|<devicename></computeroutput>: Only has an effect
|
---|
1395 | if host-only networking has been enabled for a virtual
|
---|
1396 | network card. See the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput>
|
---|
1397 | option. Use this option to specify which host-only
|
---|
1398 | networking interface the given virtual network interface
|
---|
1399 | will use. See <xref linkend="network_hostonly" />.
|
---|
1400 | </para>
|
---|
1401 | </listitem>
|
---|
1402 |
|
---|
1403 | <listitem>
|
---|
1404 | <para>
|
---|
1405 | <computeroutput>--intnet<1-N>
|
---|
1406 | network</computeroutput>: Only has an effect if internal
|
---|
1407 | networking has been enabled for a virtual network card. See
|
---|
1408 | the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option. Use this
|
---|
1409 | option to specify the name of the internal network. See
|
---|
1410 | <xref linkend="network_internal" />.
|
---|
1411 | </para>
|
---|
1412 | </listitem>
|
---|
1413 |
|
---|
1414 | <listitem>
|
---|
1415 | <para>
|
---|
1416 | <computeroutput>--nat-network<1-N> <network
|
---|
1417 | name></computeroutput>: If the networking type is set to
|
---|
1418 | <computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>, not
|
---|
1419 | <computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>, then this setting
|
---|
1420 | specifies the name of the NAT network this adapter is
|
---|
1421 | connected to. Optional.
|
---|
1422 | </para>
|
---|
1423 | </listitem>
|
---|
1424 |
|
---|
1425 | <listitem>
|
---|
1426 | <para>
|
---|
1427 | <computeroutput>--nicgenericdrv<1-N> <backend
|
---|
1428 | driver></computeroutput>: Only has an effect if generic
|
---|
1429 | networking has been enabled for a virtual network card. See
|
---|
1430 | the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option. This mode
|
---|
1431 | enables you to access rarely used networking sub-modes, such
|
---|
1432 | as VDE network or UDP Tunnel.
|
---|
1433 | </para>
|
---|
1434 | </listitem>
|
---|
1435 |
|
---|
1436 | <listitem>
|
---|
1437 | <para>
|
---|
1438 | <computeroutput>--macaddress<1-N>
|
---|
1439 | auto|<mac></computeroutput>: With this option you can
|
---|
1440 | set the MAC address of a particular network adapter on the
|
---|
1441 | VM. Normally, each network adapter is assigned a random
|
---|
1442 | address by &product-name; at VM creation.
|
---|
1443 | </para>
|
---|
1444 | </listitem>
|
---|
1445 |
|
---|
1446 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1447 |
|
---|
1448 | <sect3 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-networking-nat">
|
---|
1449 |
|
---|
1450 | <title>NAT Networking Settings</title>
|
---|
1451 |
|
---|
1452 | <para>
|
---|
1453 | The following NAT networking settings are available through
|
---|
1454 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>. With all these
|
---|
1455 | settings, the decimal number directly following the option
|
---|
1456 | name, 1-N in the list below, specifies the virtual network
|
---|
1457 | adapter whose settings should be changed.
|
---|
1458 | </para>
|
---|
1459 |
|
---|
1460 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1461 |
|
---|
1462 | <listitem>
|
---|
1463 | <para>
|
---|
1464 | <computeroutput>--natnet<1-N>
|
---|
1465 | <network>|default</computeroutput>: If the
|
---|
1466 | networking type is set to
|
---|
1467 | <computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>, not
|
---|
1468 | <computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>, then this
|
---|
1469 | setting specifies the IP address range to be used for this
|
---|
1470 | network. See <xref linkend="changenat" />.
|
---|
1471 | </para>
|
---|
1472 | </listitem>
|
---|
1473 |
|
---|
1474 | <listitem>
|
---|
1475 | <para>
|
---|
1476 | <computeroutput>--natpf<1-N>
|
---|
1477 | [<name>],tcp|udp,[<hostip>],<hostport>,[<guestip>],
|
---|
1478 | <guestport></computeroutput>: Defines a NAT
|
---|
1479 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward" />.
|
---|
1480 | </para>
|
---|
1481 | </listitem>
|
---|
1482 |
|
---|
1483 | <listitem>
|
---|
1484 | <para>
|
---|
1485 | <computeroutput>--natpf<1-N> delete
|
---|
1486 | <name></computeroutput>: Deletes a NAT
|
---|
1487 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward" />.
|
---|
1488 | </para>
|
---|
1489 | </listitem>
|
---|
1490 |
|
---|
1491 | <listitem>
|
---|
1492 | <para>
|
---|
1493 | <computeroutput>--nattftpprefix<1-N>
|
---|
1494 | <prefix></computeroutput>: Defines a prefix for the
|
---|
1495 | built-in TFTP server. For example, where the boot file is
|
---|
1496 | located. See <xref linkend="nat-tftp" /> and
|
---|
1497 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1498 | </para>
|
---|
1499 | </listitem>
|
---|
1500 |
|
---|
1501 | <listitem>
|
---|
1502 | <para>
|
---|
1503 | <computeroutput>--nattftpfile<1-N>
|
---|
1504 | <bootfile></computeroutput>: Defines the TFT boot
|
---|
1505 | file. See <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1506 | </para>
|
---|
1507 | </listitem>
|
---|
1508 |
|
---|
1509 | <listitem>
|
---|
1510 | <para>
|
---|
1511 | <computeroutput>--nattftpserver<1-N>
|
---|
1512 | <tftpserver></computeroutput>: Defines the TFTP
|
---|
1513 | server address to boot from. See
|
---|
1514 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1515 | </para>
|
---|
1516 | </listitem>
|
---|
1517 |
|
---|
1518 | <listitem>
|
---|
1519 | <para>
|
---|
1520 | <computeroutput>--nattbindip<1-N>
|
---|
1521 | <ip;></computeroutput>: &product-name;'s NAT engine
|
---|
1522 | normally routes TCP/IP packets through the default
|
---|
1523 | interface assigned by the host's TCP/IP stack. Use this
|
---|
1524 | setting to instruct the NAT engine to bind to a specified
|
---|
1525 | IP address instead. See
|
---|
1526 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-settings" />.
|
---|
1527 | </para>
|
---|
1528 | </listitem>
|
---|
1529 |
|
---|
1530 | <listitem>
|
---|
1531 | <para>
|
---|
1532 | <computeroutput>--natdnspassdomain<1-N>
|
---|
1533 | on|off</computeroutput>: Specifies whether the built-in
|
---|
1534 | DHCP server passes the domain name for network name
|
---|
1535 | resolution.
|
---|
1536 | </para>
|
---|
1537 | </listitem>
|
---|
1538 |
|
---|
1539 | <listitem>
|
---|
1540 | <para>
|
---|
1541 | <computeroutput>--natdnsproxy<1-N>
|
---|
1542 | on|off</computeroutput>: Makes the NAT engine proxy all
|
---|
1543 | guest DNS requests to the host's DNS servers. See
|
---|
1544 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-dns" />.
|
---|
1545 | </para>
|
---|
1546 | </listitem>
|
---|
1547 |
|
---|
1548 | <listitem>
|
---|
1549 | <para>
|
---|
1550 | <computeroutput>--natdnshostresolver<1-N>
|
---|
1551 | on|off</computeroutput>: Makes the NAT engine use the
|
---|
1552 | host's resolver mechanisms to handle DNS requests. See
|
---|
1553 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-dns" />.
|
---|
1554 | </para>
|
---|
1555 | </listitem>
|
---|
1556 |
|
---|
1557 | <listitem>
|
---|
1558 | <para>
|
---|
1559 | <computeroutput>--natsettings<1-N>
|
---|
1560 | [<mtu>],[<socksnd>],[<sockrcv>],[<tcpsnd>],
|
---|
1561 | [<tcprcv>]</computeroutput>: Controls several NAT
|
---|
1562 | settings. See <xref linkend="nat-adv-settings" />.
|
---|
1563 | </para>
|
---|
1564 | </listitem>
|
---|
1565 |
|
---|
1566 | <listitem>
|
---|
1567 | <para>
|
---|
1568 | <computeroutput>--nataliasmode<1-N>
|
---|
1569 | default|[log],[proxyonly],[sameports]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1570 | Defines behaviour of the NAT engine core: log - enables
|
---|
1571 | logging, proxyonly - switches off aliasing mode and makes
|
---|
1572 | NAT transparent, sameports - enforces the NAT engine to
|
---|
1573 | send packets through the same port as they originated on,
|
---|
1574 | default - disable all aliasing modes. See
|
---|
1575 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-alias" />.
|
---|
1576 | </para>
|
---|
1577 | </listitem>
|
---|
1578 |
|
---|
1579 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1580 |
|
---|
1581 | </sect3>
|
---|
1582 |
|
---|
1583 | </sect2>
|
---|
1584 |
|
---|
1585 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-other">
|
---|
1586 |
|
---|
1587 | <title>Miscellaneous Settings</title>
|
---|
1588 |
|
---|
1589 | <para>
|
---|
1590 | The following hardware settings, such as serial port, audio,
|
---|
1591 | clipboard, drag and drop, monitor, and USB settings are
|
---|
1592 | available through <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>:
|
---|
1593 | </para>
|
---|
1594 |
|
---|
1595 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1596 |
|
---|
1597 | <listitem>
|
---|
1598 | <para>
|
---|
1599 | <computeroutput>--mouse
|
---|
1600 | <ps2|usb|usbtablet|usbmultitouch></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1601 | Specifies the mode of the mouse to be used in the VM.
|
---|
1602 | Available options are: ps2, usb, usbtablet, usbmultitouch.
|
---|
1603 | </para>
|
---|
1604 | </listitem>
|
---|
1605 |
|
---|
1606 | <listitem>
|
---|
1607 | <para>
|
---|
1608 | <computeroutput>--keyboard <ps2|usb></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1609 | Specifies the mode of the keyboard to be used in the VM.
|
---|
1610 | Available options are: ps2, usb.
|
---|
1611 | </para>
|
---|
1612 | </listitem>
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | <listitem>
|
---|
1615 | <para>
|
---|
1616 | <computeroutput>--uart<1-N> off|<I/O base>
|
---|
1617 | <IRQ></computeroutput>: Configures virtual serial
|
---|
1618 | ports for the VM. See <xref linkend="serialports" />.
|
---|
1619 | </para>
|
---|
1620 | </listitem>
|
---|
1621 |
|
---|
1622 | <listitem>
|
---|
1623 | <para>
|
---|
1624 | <computeroutput>--uartmode<1-N>
|
---|
1625 | <arg></computeroutput>: Controls how &product-name;
|
---|
1626 | connects a given virtual serial port, configured with the
|
---|
1627 | <computeroutput>--uartX</computeroutput> setting, to the
|
---|
1628 | host on which the virtual machine is running. As described
|
---|
1629 | in <xref linkend="serialports" />, for each such port, you
|
---|
1630 | can specify <computeroutput><arg></computeroutput> as
|
---|
1631 | one of the following options:
|
---|
1632 | </para>
|
---|
1633 |
|
---|
1634 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1635 |
|
---|
1636 | <listitem>
|
---|
1637 | <para>
|
---|
1638 | <computeroutput>disconnected</computeroutput>: Even
|
---|
1639 | though the serial port is shown to the guest, it has no
|
---|
1640 | "other end". This is like a real COM port without a
|
---|
1641 | cable.
|
---|
1642 | </para>
|
---|
1643 | </listitem>
|
---|
1644 |
|
---|
1645 | <listitem>
|
---|
1646 | <para>
|
---|
1647 | <computeroutput>server
|
---|
1648 | <pipename></computeroutput>: On a Windows host,
|
---|
1649 | this tells &product-name; to create a named pipe on the
|
---|
1650 | host named
|
---|
1651 | <computeroutput><pipename></computeroutput> and
|
---|
1652 | connect the virtual serial device to it. Note that
|
---|
1653 | Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begins
|
---|
1654 | with <computeroutput>\\.\pipe\</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1655 | </para>
|
---|
1656 |
|
---|
1657 | <para>
|
---|
1658 | On a Linux host, instead of a named pipe, a local domain
|
---|
1659 | socket is used.
|
---|
1660 | </para>
|
---|
1661 | </listitem>
|
---|
1662 |
|
---|
1663 | <listitem>
|
---|
1664 | <para>
|
---|
1665 | <computeroutput>client
|
---|
1666 | <pipename></computeroutput>: Operates as for
|
---|
1667 | <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>, except that the
|
---|
1668 | pipe, or local domain socket, is not created by
|
---|
1669 | &product-name; but is assumed to exist already.
|
---|
1670 | </para>
|
---|
1671 | </listitem>
|
---|
1672 |
|
---|
1673 | <listitem>
|
---|
1674 | <para>
|
---|
1675 | <computeroutput>tcpserver <port></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1676 | Configures &product-name; to create a TCP socket on the
|
---|
1677 | host with TCP
|
---|
1678 | <computeroutput><port></computeroutput> and
|
---|
1679 | connect the virtual serial device to it. Note that
|
---|
1680 | UNIX-like systems require ports over 1024 for normal
|
---|
1681 | users.
|
---|
1682 | </para>
|
---|
1683 | </listitem>
|
---|
1684 |
|
---|
1685 | <listitem>
|
---|
1686 | <para>
|
---|
1687 | <computeroutput>tcpclient
|
---|
1688 | <hostname:port></computeroutput>: Operates as for
|
---|
1689 | <computeroutput>tcpserver</computeroutput>, except that
|
---|
1690 | the TCP socket is not created by &product-name;, but is
|
---|
1691 | assumed to exist already.
|
---|
1692 | </para>
|
---|
1693 | </listitem>
|
---|
1694 |
|
---|
1695 | <listitem>
|
---|
1696 | <para>
|
---|
1697 | <computeroutput>uarttype <1-N>
|
---|
1698 | 16450|16550A|16750</computeroutput>: Confgures the UART
|
---|
1699 | type for a virtual serial port. The default UART type is
|
---|
1700 | 16550A.
|
---|
1701 | </para>
|
---|
1702 | </listitem>
|
---|
1703 |
|
---|
1704 | <listitem>
|
---|
1705 | <para>
|
---|
1706 | <computeroutput>file <file></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1707 | Redirects the serial port output to a raw file
|
---|
1708 | <file> specified by its absolute path on the host
|
---|
1709 | file system.
|
---|
1710 | </para>
|
---|
1711 | </listitem>
|
---|
1712 |
|
---|
1713 | <listitem>
|
---|
1714 | <para>
|
---|
1715 | <computeroutput><devicename></computeroutput>: If,
|
---|
1716 | instead of the above options, the device name of a
|
---|
1717 | physical hardware serial port of the host is specified,
|
---|
1718 | the virtual serial port is connected to that hardware
|
---|
1719 | port. On a Windows host, the device name will be a COM
|
---|
1720 | port such as <computeroutput>COM1</computeroutput>. On a
|
---|
1721 | Linux host, the device name will be
|
---|
1722 | <computeroutput>/dev/ttyS0</computeroutput> or similar.
|
---|
1723 | This enables you to wire up a real serial port to a
|
---|
1724 | virtual machine.
|
---|
1725 | </para>
|
---|
1726 | </listitem>
|
---|
1727 |
|
---|
1728 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1729 | </listitem>
|
---|
1730 |
|
---|
1731 | <listitem>
|
---|
1732 | <para>
|
---|
1733 | <computeroutput>--lptmode<1-N>
|
---|
1734 | <Device></computeroutput>: Specifies the Device Name
|
---|
1735 | of the parallel port that the Parallel Port feature will be
|
---|
1736 | using. Use this <emphasis>before</emphasis>
|
---|
1737 | <computeroutput>--lpt</computeroutput>. This feature depends
|
---|
1738 | on the host operating system. For Windows hosts, use a
|
---|
1739 | device name such as lpt1. On Linux hosts, use a device name
|
---|
1740 | such as /dev/lp0.
|
---|
1741 | </para>
|
---|
1742 | </listitem>
|
---|
1743 |
|
---|
1744 | <listitem>
|
---|
1745 | <para>
|
---|
1746 | <computeroutput>--lpt<1-N> <I/O base>
|
---|
1747 | <IRQ></computeroutput>: Specifies the I/O address of
|
---|
1748 | the parallel port and the IRQ number that the Parallel Port
|
---|
1749 | feature will be using. Optional. Use this
|
---|
1750 | <emphasis>after</emphasis>
|
---|
1751 | <computeroutput>--lptmod</computeroutput>. I/O base address
|
---|
1752 | and IRQ are the values that guest sees. For example, the
|
---|
1753 | values avalable under guest Device Manager.
|
---|
1754 | </para>
|
---|
1755 | </listitem>
|
---|
1756 |
|
---|
1757 | <listitem>
|
---|
1758 | <para>
|
---|
1759 | <computeroutput>--audio
|
---|
1760 | none|null|dsound|oss|alsa|pulse|coreaudio</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1761 | Specifies whether the VM should have audio support, and if
|
---|
1762 | so, which type. The list of supported audio types depends on
|
---|
1763 | the host and can be determined with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
1764 | modifyvm</command>.
|
---|
1765 | </para>
|
---|
1766 | </listitem>
|
---|
1767 |
|
---|
1768 | <listitem>
|
---|
1769 | <para>
|
---|
1770 | <computeroutput>--audiocontroller
|
---|
1771 | ac97|hda|sb16</computeroutput>: Specifies the audio
|
---|
1772 | controller to be used with the VM.
|
---|
1773 | </para>
|
---|
1774 | </listitem>
|
---|
1775 |
|
---|
1776 | <listitem>
|
---|
1777 | <para>
|
---|
1778 | <computeroutput>--audiocodec
|
---|
1779 | stac9700|ad1980|stac9221|sb16</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1780 | the audio codec to be used with the VM.
|
---|
1781 | </para>
|
---|
1782 | </listitem>
|
---|
1783 |
|
---|
1784 | <listitem>
|
---|
1785 | <para>
|
---|
1786 | <computeroutput>--audioin on</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1787 | whether capturing audio from the host is enabled or
|
---|
1788 | disabled.
|
---|
1789 | </para>
|
---|
1790 | </listitem>
|
---|
1791 |
|
---|
1792 | <listitem>
|
---|
1793 | <para>
|
---|
1794 | <computeroutput>--audioout on</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1795 | whether audio playback from the guest is enabled or
|
---|
1796 | disabled.
|
---|
1797 | </para>
|
---|
1798 | </listitem>
|
---|
1799 |
|
---|
1800 | <listitem>
|
---|
1801 | <para>
|
---|
1802 | <computeroutput>--clipboard
|
---|
1803 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1804 | Configues how the guest or host operating system's clipboard
|
---|
1805 | should be shared with the host or guest. See
|
---|
1806 | <xref linkend="generalsettings" />. This setting requires
|
---|
1807 | that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual
|
---|
1808 | machine.
|
---|
1809 | </para>
|
---|
1810 | </listitem>
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | <listitem>
|
---|
1813 | <para>
|
---|
1814 | <computeroutput>--draganddrop
|
---|
1815 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1816 | Specifies the drag and drop mode to use between the host and
|
---|
1817 | the virtual machine. See <xref linkend="guestadd-dnd" />.
|
---|
1818 | This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the
|
---|
1819 | virtual machine.
|
---|
1820 | </para>
|
---|
1821 | </listitem>
|
---|
1822 |
|
---|
1823 | <listitem>
|
---|
1824 | <para>
|
---|
1825 | <computeroutput>--monitorcount
|
---|
1826 | <count></computeroutput>: Enables multi-monitor
|
---|
1827 | support. See <xref linkend="settings-display" />.
|
---|
1828 | </para>
|
---|
1829 | </listitem>
|
---|
1830 |
|
---|
1831 | <listitem>
|
---|
1832 | <para>
|
---|
1833 | <computeroutput>--usb on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
1834 | disables the VM's virtual USB controller. See
|
---|
1835 | <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1836 | </para>
|
---|
1837 | </listitem>
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | <listitem>
|
---|
1840 | <para>
|
---|
1841 | <computeroutput>--usbehci on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
1842 | and disables the VM's virtual USB 2.0 controller. See
|
---|
1843 | <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1844 | </para>
|
---|
1845 | </listitem>
|
---|
1846 |
|
---|
1847 | <listitem>
|
---|
1848 | <para>
|
---|
1849 | <computeroutput>--usbxhci on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
1850 | and disables the VM's virtual USB 3.0 controller. See
|
---|
1851 | <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1852 | </para>
|
---|
1853 | </listitem>
|
---|
1854 |
|
---|
1855 | <listitem>
|
---|
1856 | <para>
|
---|
1857 | <computeroutput>--usbrename <oldname>
|
---|
1858 | <newname></computeroutput>: Enables renaming of the
|
---|
1859 | VM's virtual USB controller from <oldname> to
|
---|
1860 | <newname>.
|
---|
1861 | </para>
|
---|
1862 | </listitem>
|
---|
1863 |
|
---|
1864 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1865 |
|
---|
1866 | </sect2>
|
---|
1867 |
|
---|
1868 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-recording">
|
---|
1869 |
|
---|
1870 | <title>Recording Settings</title>
|
---|
1871 |
|
---|
1872 | <para>
|
---|
1873 | The <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command> command enables you
|
---|
1874 | to modify recording settings for video recording, audio
|
---|
1875 | recording, or both.
|
---|
1876 | </para>
|
---|
1877 |
|
---|
1878 | <para>
|
---|
1879 | Use the following options to update the recording settings:
|
---|
1880 | </para>
|
---|
1881 |
|
---|
1882 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1883 |
|
---|
1884 | <listitem>
|
---|
1885 | <para>
|
---|
1886 | <option>--recording on|off</option> enables or disables the
|
---|
1887 | recording of a VM session into a WebM/VP8 file. When this
|
---|
1888 | option value is <computeroutput>on</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1889 | recording begins when the VM session starts.
|
---|
1890 | </para>
|
---|
1891 | </listitem>
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | <listitem>
|
---|
1894 | <para>
|
---|
1895 | <option>--recordingscreens
|
---|
1896 | all|<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable>
|
---|
1897 | [<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable> ...]</option> enables
|
---|
1898 | you to specify which VM screens to record. The recording for
|
---|
1899 | each screen that you specify is saved to its own file.
|
---|
1900 | </para>
|
---|
1901 | </listitem>
|
---|
1902 |
|
---|
1903 | <listitem>
|
---|
1904 | <para>
|
---|
1905 | <option>--recordingfile
|
---|
1906 | <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1907 | file in which to save the recording.
|
---|
1908 | </para>
|
---|
1909 | </listitem>
|
---|
1910 |
|
---|
1911 | <listitem>
|
---|
1912 | <para>
|
---|
1913 | <option>--recordingmaxsize
|
---|
1914 | <replaceable>MB</replaceable></option> specifies the maximum
|
---|
1915 | size of the recorded video file in megabytes. The recording
|
---|
1916 | stops when the file reaches the specified size. If this
|
---|
1917 | value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
1918 | recording.
|
---|
1919 | </para>
|
---|
1920 | </listitem>
|
---|
1921 |
|
---|
1922 | <listitem>
|
---|
1923 | <para>
|
---|
1924 | <option>--recordingmaxtime
|
---|
1925 | <replaceable>seconds</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1926 | maximum amount time to record in seconds. The recording
|
---|
1927 | stops after the specified number of seconds elapses. If this
|
---|
1928 | value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
1929 | recording.
|
---|
1930 | </para>
|
---|
1931 | </listitem>
|
---|
1932 |
|
---|
1933 | <listitem>
|
---|
1934 | <para>
|
---|
1935 | <option>--recordingopts
|
---|
1936 | <replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>[,<replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>
|
---|
1937 | ...]</option> specifies additional video-recording options
|
---|
1938 | in a comma-separated keyword-value format. For example,
|
---|
1939 | <computeroutput>foo=bar,a=b</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1940 | </para>
|
---|
1941 |
|
---|
1942 | <para>
|
---|
1943 | Only use this option only if you are an advanced user. For
|
---|
1944 | information about keywords, see <emphasis>Oracle VM
|
---|
1945 | VirtualBox Programming Guide and Reference</emphasis>.
|
---|
1946 | </para>
|
---|
1947 | </listitem>
|
---|
1948 |
|
---|
1949 | <listitem>
|
---|
1950 | <para>
|
---|
1951 | <option>--recordingvideofps
|
---|
1952 | <replaceable>fps</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1953 | maximum number of video frames per second (FPS) to record.
|
---|
1954 | Frames that have a higher frequency are skipped. Increasing
|
---|
1955 | this value reduces the number of skipped frames and
|
---|
1956 | increases the file size.
|
---|
1957 | </para>
|
---|
1958 | </listitem>
|
---|
1959 |
|
---|
1960 | <listitem>
|
---|
1961 | <para>
|
---|
1962 | <option>--recordingvideorate
|
---|
1963 | <replaceable>bit-rate</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1964 | bit rate of the video in kilobits per second. Increasing
|
---|
1965 | this value improves the appearance of the video at the cost
|
---|
1966 | of an increased file size.
|
---|
1967 | </para>
|
---|
1968 | </listitem>
|
---|
1969 |
|
---|
1970 | <listitem>
|
---|
1971 | <para>
|
---|
1972 | <option>--recordingvideores
|
---|
1973 | <replaceable>width</replaceable>x<replaceable>height</replaceable></option>
|
---|
1974 | specifies the video resolution of the recorded video in
|
---|
1975 | pixels.
|
---|
1976 | </para>
|
---|
1977 | </listitem>
|
---|
1978 |
|
---|
1979 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1980 |
|
---|
1981 | </sect2>
|
---|
1982 |
|
---|
1983 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde">
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | <title>Remote Machine Settings</title>
|
---|
1986 |
|
---|
1987 | <para>
|
---|
1988 | The following settings that affect remote machine behavior are
|
---|
1989 | available through <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>:
|
---|
1990 | </para>
|
---|
1991 |
|
---|
1992 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1993 |
|
---|
1994 | <listitem>
|
---|
1995 | <para>
|
---|
1996 | <computeroutput>--vrde on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
1997 | disables the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension (VRDE)
|
---|
1998 | server.
|
---|
1999 | </para>
|
---|
2000 | </listitem>
|
---|
2001 |
|
---|
2002 | <listitem>
|
---|
2003 | <para>
|
---|
2004 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2005 | "TCP/Ports|Address=<value>"</computeroutput>: Sets the
|
---|
2006 | port numbers and IP address on the VM that the VRDE server
|
---|
2007 | can bind to.
|
---|
2008 | </para>
|
---|
2009 |
|
---|
2010 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2011 |
|
---|
2012 | <listitem>
|
---|
2013 | <para>
|
---|
2014 | For TCP/Ports, <value> should be a port or a range
|
---|
2015 | of ports that the VRDE server can bind to.
|
---|
2016 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2017 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
2018 | standard port for RDP. See the description for the
|
---|
2019 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
2020 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
2021 | </para>
|
---|
2022 | </listitem>
|
---|
2023 |
|
---|
2024 | <listitem>
|
---|
2025 | <para>
|
---|
2026 | For TCP/Address, <value> should be the IP address
|
---|
2027 | of the host network interface that the VRDE server will
|
---|
2028 | bind to. If specified, the server will accept
|
---|
2029 | connections only on the specified host network
|
---|
2030 | interface. See the description for the
|
---|
2031 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
2032 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
2033 | </para>
|
---|
2034 | </listitem>
|
---|
2035 |
|
---|
2036 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2037 | </listitem>
|
---|
2038 |
|
---|
2039 | <listitem>
|
---|
2040 | <para>
|
---|
2041 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2042 | "VideoChannel/Enabled|Quality|DownscaleProtection=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2043 | Sets the VRDP video redirection properties.
|
---|
2044 | </para>
|
---|
2045 |
|
---|
2046 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2047 |
|
---|
2048 | <listitem>
|
---|
2049 | <para>
|
---|
2050 | For VideoChannel/Enabled, <value> can be set to
|
---|
2051 | "1", switching the VRDP video channel on. See
|
---|
2052 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2053 | </para>
|
---|
2054 | </listitem>
|
---|
2055 |
|
---|
2056 | <listitem>
|
---|
2057 | <para>
|
---|
2058 | For VideoChannel/Quality, <value> should be set
|
---|
2059 | between 10 and 100% inclusive, representing a JPEG
|
---|
2060 | compression level on the VRDE server video channel.
|
---|
2061 | Lower values mean lower quality but higher compression.
|
---|
2062 | See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2063 | </para>
|
---|
2064 | </listitem>
|
---|
2065 |
|
---|
2066 | <listitem>
|
---|
2067 | <para>
|
---|
2068 | For VideoChannel/DownscaleProtection, <value> can
|
---|
2069 | be set to "1" to enable the videochannel downscale
|
---|
2070 | protection feature. When enabled, if a video's size
|
---|
2071 | equals the shadow buffer size, then it is regarded as a
|
---|
2072 | full screen video, and is displayed. But if its size is
|
---|
2073 | between fullscreen and the downscale threshold then it
|
---|
2074 | is <emphasis>not</emphasis> displayed, as it could be an
|
---|
2075 | application window, which would be unreadable when
|
---|
2076 | downscaled. When the downscale protection feature is
|
---|
2077 | disabled, an attempt is always made to display videos.
|
---|
2078 | </para>
|
---|
2079 | </listitem>
|
---|
2080 |
|
---|
2081 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2082 | </listitem>
|
---|
2083 |
|
---|
2084 | <listitem>
|
---|
2085 | <para>
|
---|
2086 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2087 | "Client/DisableDisplay|DisableInput|DisableAudio|DisableUSB=1"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2088 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Display, Input,
|
---|
2089 | Audio or USB respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
2090 | "Client/DisableDisplay=" for example. See
|
---|
2091 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
2092 | </para>
|
---|
2093 | </listitem>
|
---|
2094 |
|
---|
2095 | <listitem>
|
---|
2096 | <para>
|
---|
2097 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2098 | "Client/DisableClipboard|DisableUpstreamAudio=1"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2099 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Clipboard or
|
---|
2100 | UpstreamAudio respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
2101 | "Client/DisableClipboard=" for example. See
|
---|
2102 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
2103 | </para>
|
---|
2104 | </listitem>
|
---|
2105 |
|
---|
2106 | <listitem>
|
---|
2107 | <para>
|
---|
2108 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2109 | "Client/DisableRDPDR=1"</computeroutput>: Disables the VRDE
|
---|
2110 | server feature: RDP device redirection for smart cards. To
|
---|
2111 | reenable this feature, use "Client/DisableRDPR=".
|
---|
2112 | </para>
|
---|
2113 | </listitem>
|
---|
2114 |
|
---|
2115 | <listitem>
|
---|
2116 | <para>
|
---|
2117 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2118 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=1"</computeroutput>: Enables the VRDE
|
---|
2119 | server feature: 3D redirection. To disable this feature, use
|
---|
2120 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=".
|
---|
2121 | </para>
|
---|
2122 | </listitem>
|
---|
2123 |
|
---|
2124 | <listitem>
|
---|
2125 | <para>
|
---|
2126 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2127 | "Security/Method|ServerCertificate|ServerPrivateKey|CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2128 | Sets the desired security method and path of server
|
---|
2129 | certificate, path of server private key, path of CA
|
---|
2130 | certificate, that are used for a connection.
|
---|
2131 | </para>
|
---|
2132 |
|
---|
2133 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2134 |
|
---|
2135 | <listitem>
|
---|
2136 | <para>
|
---|
2137 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2138 | "Security/Method=<value>"</computeroutput> sets
|
---|
2139 | the desired security method, which is used for a
|
---|
2140 | connection. Valid values are:
|
---|
2141 | </para>
|
---|
2142 |
|
---|
2143 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2144 |
|
---|
2145 | <listitem>
|
---|
2146 | <para>
|
---|
2147 | <computeroutput>Negotiate</computeroutput>: Both
|
---|
2148 | Enhanced (TLS) and Standard RDP Security connections
|
---|
2149 | are allowed. The security method is negotiated with
|
---|
2150 | the client. This is the default setting.
|
---|
2151 | </para>
|
---|
2152 | </listitem>
|
---|
2153 |
|
---|
2154 | <listitem>
|
---|
2155 | <para>
|
---|
2156 | <computeroutput>RDP</computeroutput>: Only Standard
|
---|
2157 | RDP Security is accepted.
|
---|
2158 | </para>
|
---|
2159 | </listitem>
|
---|
2160 |
|
---|
2161 | <listitem>
|
---|
2162 | <para>
|
---|
2163 | <computeroutput>TLS</computeroutput>: Only Enhanced
|
---|
2164 | RDP Security is accepted. The client must support
|
---|
2165 | TLS.
|
---|
2166 | </para>
|
---|
2167 | </listitem>
|
---|
2168 |
|
---|
2169 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2170 |
|
---|
2171 | <para>
|
---|
2172 | See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2173 | </para>
|
---|
2174 | </listitem>
|
---|
2175 |
|
---|
2176 | <listitem>
|
---|
2177 | <para>
|
---|
2178 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2179 | "Security/ServerCertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2180 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
2181 | certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2182 | </para>
|
---|
2183 | </listitem>
|
---|
2184 |
|
---|
2185 | <listitem>
|
---|
2186 | <para>
|
---|
2187 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2188 | "Security/ServerPrivateKey=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2189 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
2190 | private key. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2191 | </para>
|
---|
2192 | </listitem>
|
---|
2193 |
|
---|
2194 | <listitem>
|
---|
2195 | <para>
|
---|
2196 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2197 | "Security/CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2198 | where <value> is the absolute path of the CA self
|
---|
2199 | signed certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2200 | </para>
|
---|
2201 | </listitem>
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2204 | </listitem>
|
---|
2205 |
|
---|
2206 | <listitem>
|
---|
2207 | <para>
|
---|
2208 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2209 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode|LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2210 | sets the audio connection mode, or path of the audio
|
---|
2211 | logfile.
|
---|
2212 | </para>
|
---|
2213 |
|
---|
2214 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2215 |
|
---|
2216 | <listitem>
|
---|
2217 | <para>
|
---|
2218 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2219 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2220 | where <value> is the desired rate correction mode.
|
---|
2221 | Allowed values are:
|
---|
2222 | </para>
|
---|
2223 |
|
---|
2224 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2225 |
|
---|
2226 | <listitem>
|
---|
2227 | <para>
|
---|
2228 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_VOID</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2229 | No mode specified, use to unset any Audio mode
|
---|
2230 | already set.
|
---|
2231 | </para>
|
---|
2232 | </listitem>
|
---|
2233 |
|
---|
2234 | <listitem>
|
---|
2235 | <para>
|
---|
2236 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_RC</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2237 | Rate correction mode.
|
---|
2238 | </para>
|
---|
2239 | </listitem>
|
---|
2240 |
|
---|
2241 | <listitem>
|
---|
2242 | <para>
|
---|
2243 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_LPF</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2244 | Low pass filter mode.
|
---|
2245 | </para>
|
---|
2246 | </listitem>
|
---|
2247 |
|
---|
2248 | <listitem>
|
---|
2249 | <para>
|
---|
2250 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_CS</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2251 | Client sync mode to prevent underflow or overflow of
|
---|
2252 | the client queue.
|
---|
2253 | </para>
|
---|
2254 | </listitem>
|
---|
2255 |
|
---|
2256 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2257 | </listitem>
|
---|
2258 |
|
---|
2259 | <listitem>
|
---|
2260 | <para>
|
---|
2261 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2262 | "Audio/LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput> where
|
---|
2263 | <value> is the absolute path of the Audio log
|
---|
2264 | file.
|
---|
2265 | </para>
|
---|
2266 | </listitem>
|
---|
2267 |
|
---|
2268 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2269 | </listitem>
|
---|
2270 |
|
---|
2271 | <listitem>
|
---|
2272 | <para>
|
---|
2273 | <computeroutput>--vrdeextpack
|
---|
2274 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Specifies the library
|
---|
2275 | to use for accessing the VM remotely. The default is to use
|
---|
2276 | the RDP code which is part of the &product-name; Extension
|
---|
2277 | Pack.
|
---|
2278 | </para>
|
---|
2279 | </listitem>
|
---|
2280 |
|
---|
2281 | <listitem>
|
---|
2282 | <para>
|
---|
2283 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport
|
---|
2284 | default|<ports></computeroutput>: A port or a range of
|
---|
2285 | ports the VRDE server can bind to.
|
---|
2286 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2287 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
2288 | standard port for RDP. You can specify a comma-separated
|
---|
2289 | list of ports or ranges of ports. Use a dash between two
|
---|
2290 | port numbers to specify a range. The VRDE server will bind
|
---|
2291 | to <emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available ports from the
|
---|
2292 | specified list. Only one machine can use a given port at a
|
---|
2293 | time. For example, the option <computeroutput> --vrdeport
|
---|
2294 | 5000,5010-5012</computeroutput> will tell the server to bind
|
---|
2295 | to one of following ports: 5000, 5010, 5011, or 5012.
|
---|
2296 | </para>
|
---|
2297 | </listitem>
|
---|
2298 |
|
---|
2299 | <listitem>
|
---|
2300 | <para>
|
---|
2301 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress <IP
|
---|
2302 | address></computeroutput>: The IP address of the host
|
---|
2303 | network interface the VRDE server will bind to. If
|
---|
2304 | specified, the server will accept connections only on the
|
---|
2305 | specified host network interface.
|
---|
2306 | </para>
|
---|
2307 |
|
---|
2308 | <para>
|
---|
2309 | The setting can be used to specify whether the VRDP server
|
---|
2310 | should accept either IPv4, IPv6, or both connections:
|
---|
2311 | </para>
|
---|
2312 |
|
---|
2313 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2314 |
|
---|
2315 | <listitem>
|
---|
2316 | <para>
|
---|
2317 | Only IPv4: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress
|
---|
2318 | "0.0.0.0"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2319 | </para>
|
---|
2320 | </listitem>
|
---|
2321 |
|
---|
2322 | <listitem>
|
---|
2323 | <para>
|
---|
2324 | Only IPv6: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress
|
---|
2325 | "::"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2326 | </para>
|
---|
2327 | </listitem>
|
---|
2328 |
|
---|
2329 | <listitem>
|
---|
2330 | <para>
|
---|
2331 | Both IPv6 and IPv4: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress
|
---|
2332 | ""</computeroutput>
|
---|
2333 | </para>
|
---|
2334 |
|
---|
2335 | <para>
|
---|
2336 | This is the default setting.
|
---|
2337 | </para>
|
---|
2338 | </listitem>
|
---|
2339 |
|
---|
2340 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2341 | </listitem>
|
---|
2342 |
|
---|
2343 | <listitem>
|
---|
2344 | <para>
|
---|
2345 | <computeroutput>--vrdeauthtype
|
---|
2346 | null|external|guest</computeroutput>: Enables you to
|
---|
2347 | indicate use of authorization, and specify how authorization
|
---|
2348 | will be performed. See <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
2349 | </para>
|
---|
2350 | </listitem>
|
---|
2351 |
|
---|
2352 | <listitem>
|
---|
2353 | <para>
|
---|
2354 | <computeroutput>--vrdeauthlibrary
|
---|
2355 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Specifies the library
|
---|
2356 | used for RDP authentication. See
|
---|
2357 | <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
2358 | </para>
|
---|
2359 | </listitem>
|
---|
2360 |
|
---|
2361 | <listitem>
|
---|
2362 | <para>
|
---|
2363 | <computeroutput>--vrdemulticon on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2364 | Enables multiple connections to be made to the same VRDE
|
---|
2365 | server, if the server supports this feature. See
|
---|
2366 | <xref linkend="vrde-multiconnection" />.
|
---|
2367 | </para>
|
---|
2368 | </listitem>
|
---|
2369 |
|
---|
2370 | <listitem>
|
---|
2371 | <para>
|
---|
2372 | <computeroutput>--vrdereusecon on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
2373 | specifies the VRDE server behavior when multiple connections
|
---|
2374 | are disabled. When this option is enabled, the server will
|
---|
2375 | allow a new client to connect and will drop the existing
|
---|
2376 | connection. When this option is disabled, the default
|
---|
2377 | setting, a new connection will not be accepted if there is
|
---|
2378 | already a client connected to the server.
|
---|
2379 | </para>
|
---|
2380 | </listitem>
|
---|
2381 |
|
---|
2382 | <listitem>
|
---|
2383 | <para>
|
---|
2384 | <computeroutput>--vrdevideochannel on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2385 | Enables video redirection, if it is supported by the VRDE
|
---|
2386 | server. See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2387 | </para>
|
---|
2388 | </listitem>
|
---|
2389 |
|
---|
2390 | <listitem>
|
---|
2391 | <para>
|
---|
2392 | <computeroutput>--vrdevideochannelquality
|
---|
2393 | <percent></computeroutput>: Specifies the image
|
---|
2394 | quality for video redirection. See
|
---|
2395 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2396 | </para>
|
---|
2397 | </listitem>
|
---|
2398 |
|
---|
2399 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2400 |
|
---|
2401 | </sect2>
|
---|
2402 |
|
---|
2403 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-teleport">
|
---|
2404 |
|
---|
2405 | <title>Teleporting Settings</title>
|
---|
2406 |
|
---|
2407 | <para>
|
---|
2408 | With the following commands for <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
2409 | modifyvm</command> you can configure a machine to be a target
|
---|
2410 | for teleporting. See <xref linkend="teleporting" />.
|
---|
2411 | </para>
|
---|
2412 |
|
---|
2413 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2414 |
|
---|
2415 | <listitem>
|
---|
2416 | <para>
|
---|
2417 | <computeroutput>--teleporter on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2418 | Enables and disables the teleporter feature whereby when the
|
---|
2419 | machine is started, it waits to receive a teleporting
|
---|
2420 | request from the network instead of booting normally.
|
---|
2421 | Teleporting requests are received on the port and address
|
---|
2422 | specified using the following parameters.
|
---|
2423 | </para>
|
---|
2424 | </listitem>
|
---|
2425 |
|
---|
2426 | <listitem>
|
---|
2427 | <para>
|
---|
2428 | <computeroutput>--teleporterport
|
---|
2429 | <port></computeroutput>,
|
---|
2430 | <computeroutput>--teleporteraddress
|
---|
2431 | <address></computeroutput>: These settings must be
|
---|
2432 | used with <computeroutput>--teleporter</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2433 | They specify the port and address the virtual machine should
|
---|
2434 | listen to in order to receive a teleporting request sent
|
---|
2435 | from another virtual machine.
|
---|
2436 | <computeroutput><port></computeroutput> can be any
|
---|
2437 | free TCP/IP port number, such as 6000.
|
---|
2438 | <computeroutput><address></computeroutput> can be any
|
---|
2439 | IP address or hostname and specifies the TCP/IP socket to
|
---|
2440 | bind to. The default is 0.0.0.0, which means any address.
|
---|
2441 | </para>
|
---|
2442 | </listitem>
|
---|
2443 |
|
---|
2444 | <listitem>
|
---|
2445 | <para>
|
---|
2446 | <computeroutput>--teleporterpassword
|
---|
2447 | <password></computeroutput>: If this optional setting
|
---|
2448 | is used, then the teleporting request will only succeed if
|
---|
2449 | the source machine specifies the same password as the one
|
---|
2450 | given with this command.
|
---|
2451 | </para>
|
---|
2452 | </listitem>
|
---|
2453 |
|
---|
2454 | <listitem>
|
---|
2455 | <para>
|
---|
2456 | <computeroutput>--teleporterpasswordfile
|
---|
2457 | <password></computeroutput>: If this optional setting
|
---|
2458 | is used, then the teleporting request will only succeed if
|
---|
2459 | the source machine specifies the same password as the one
|
---|
2460 | specified in the file give with this command. Use
|
---|
2461 | <computeroutput>stdin</computeroutput> to read the password
|
---|
2462 | from stdin.
|
---|
2463 | </para>
|
---|
2464 | </listitem>
|
---|
2465 |
|
---|
2466 | <listitem>
|
---|
2467 | <para>
|
---|
2468 | <computeroutput>--cpuid <leaf> <eax> <ebx>
|
---|
2469 | <ecx> <edx></computeroutput>: Advanced users can
|
---|
2470 | use this setting before a teleporting operation, to restrict
|
---|
2471 | the virtual CPU capabilities that &product-name; presents to
|
---|
2472 | the guest operating system. This must be run on both the
|
---|
2473 | source and the target machines involved in the teleporting
|
---|
2474 | and will then modify what the guest sees when it executes
|
---|
2475 | the <computeroutput>CPUID</computeroutput> machine
|
---|
2476 | instruction. This might help with misbehaving applications
|
---|
2477 | that wrongly assume that certain CPU capabilities are
|
---|
2478 | present. The meaning of the parameters is hardware
|
---|
2479 | dependent, refer to the AMD or Intel processor
|
---|
2480 | documentation.
|
---|
2481 | </para>
|
---|
2482 | </listitem>
|
---|
2483 |
|
---|
2484 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2485 |
|
---|
2486 | </sect2>
|
---|
2487 |
|
---|
2488 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-debugging">
|
---|
2489 |
|
---|
2490 | <title>Debugging Settings</title>
|
---|
2491 |
|
---|
2492 | <para>
|
---|
2493 | The following settings are only relevant for low-level VM
|
---|
2494 | debugging. Regular users will never need these settings.
|
---|
2495 | </para>
|
---|
2496 |
|
---|
2497 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2498 |
|
---|
2499 | <listitem>
|
---|
2500 | <para>
|
---|
2501 | <computeroutput>--tracing-enabled on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2502 | Enables the tracebuffer. This consumes some memory for the
|
---|
2503 | tracebuffer and adds extra overhead.
|
---|
2504 | </para>
|
---|
2505 | </listitem>
|
---|
2506 |
|
---|
2507 | <listitem>
|
---|
2508 | <para>
|
---|
2509 | <computeroutput>--tracing-config
|
---|
2510 | <config-string></computeroutput>: Enables tracing
|
---|
2511 | configuration. In particular, this defines which group of
|
---|
2512 | tracepoints are enabled.
|
---|
2513 | </para>
|
---|
2514 | </listitem>
|
---|
2515 |
|
---|
2516 | <listitem>
|
---|
2517 | <para>
|
---|
2518 | <computeroutput>--tracing-allow-vm-access
|
---|
2519 | on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and disables VM access to
|
---|
2520 | the tracebuffer. By default, this setting is disabled.
|
---|
2521 | </para>
|
---|
2522 | </listitem>
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2525 |
|
---|
2526 | </sect2>
|
---|
2527 |
|
---|
2528 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-usbcardreader">
|
---|
2529 |
|
---|
2530 | <title>USB Card Reader Settings</title>
|
---|
2531 |
|
---|
2532 | <para>
|
---|
2533 | The following setting defines access to a USB Card Reader by the
|
---|
2534 | guest environment. USB card readers are typically used for
|
---|
2535 | accessing data on memory cards such as CompactFlash (CF), Secure
|
---|
2536 | Digital (SD), or MultiMediaCard (MMC).
|
---|
2537 | </para>
|
---|
2538 |
|
---|
2539 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2540 |
|
---|
2541 | <listitem>
|
---|
2542 | <para>
|
---|
2543 | <computeroutput>--usbcardreader on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2544 | Enables and disables the USB card reader interface.
|
---|
2545 | </para>
|
---|
2546 | </listitem>
|
---|
2547 |
|
---|
2548 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2549 |
|
---|
2550 | </sect2>
|
---|
2551 |
|
---|
2552 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-autostart">
|
---|
2553 |
|
---|
2554 | <title>Autostarting VMs During Host System Boot</title>
|
---|
2555 |
|
---|
2556 | <para>
|
---|
2557 | These settings configure the VM autostart feature, which
|
---|
2558 | automatically starts the VM at host system boot-up. Note that
|
---|
2559 | there are prerequisites that need to be addressed before using
|
---|
2560 | this feature. See <xref linkend="autostart" />.
|
---|
2561 | </para>
|
---|
2562 |
|
---|
2563 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2564 |
|
---|
2565 | <listitem>
|
---|
2566 | <para>
|
---|
2567 | <computeroutput>--autostart-enabled on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2568 | Enables and disables VM autostart at host system boot-up,
|
---|
2569 | using the specified user name.
|
---|
2570 | </para>
|
---|
2571 | </listitem>
|
---|
2572 |
|
---|
2573 | <listitem>
|
---|
2574 | <para>
|
---|
2575 | <computeroutput>--autostart-delay
|
---|
2576 | <seconds></computeroutput>: Specifies a delay, in
|
---|
2577 | seconds, following host system boot-up, before the VM
|
---|
2578 | autostarts.
|
---|
2579 | </para>
|
---|
2580 | </listitem>
|
---|
2581 |
|
---|
2582 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2583 |
|
---|
2584 | </sect2>
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | </sect1>
|
---|
2587 |
|
---|
2588 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-clonevm">
|
---|
2589 |
|
---|
2590 | <title>VBoxManage clonevm</title>
|
---|
2591 |
|
---|
2592 | <para>
|
---|
2593 | The <command>VBoxManage clonevm</command> command creates a clone
|
---|
2594 | of an existing virtual machine (VM). The clone can be a full copy
|
---|
2595 | of the VM or a linked copy of a VM.
|
---|
2596 | </para>
|
---|
2597 |
|
---|
2598 | <screen>
|
---|
2599 | VBoxManage clonevm <replaceable>vm</replaceable> [ --basefolder <replaceable>basefolder</replaceable> ]
|
---|
2600 | [ --group <replaceable>group</replaceable>, ... ] [ --mode machine | machinechildren | all ]
|
---|
2601 | [ --name <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] [ --options link | keepallmacs | keepnatmacs | keepdisknames | keephwuuids ]
|
---|
2602 | [ --register ] [ --snapshot <replaceable>vm</replaceable> ] [ --uuid <replaceable>uuid</replaceable> ]
|
---|
2603 | </screen>
|
---|
2604 |
|
---|
2605 | <para>
|
---|
2606 | In addition to specifying the name of the VM to clone, which is
|
---|
2607 | required, you can specify any of the following options:
|
---|
2608 | </para>
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2611 |
|
---|
2612 | <listitem>
|
---|
2613 | <para>
|
---|
2614 | <option>--basefolder</option>
|
---|
2615 | <replaceable>basefolder</replaceable> specifies the name of
|
---|
2616 | the folder in which to save the configuration for the new VM.
|
---|
2617 | </para>
|
---|
2618 | </listitem>
|
---|
2619 |
|
---|
2620 | <listitem>
|
---|
2621 | <para>
|
---|
2622 | <option>--groups <replaceable>group</replaceable>,
|
---|
2623 | ...</option> assigns the clone to the specified group or
|
---|
2624 | groups. If you specify more than one group, separate each
|
---|
2625 | group name with a comma.
|
---|
2626 | </para>
|
---|
2627 |
|
---|
2628 | <para>
|
---|
2629 | Note that each group is identified by a group ID that starts
|
---|
2630 | with a slash character (<computeroutput>/</computeroutput>) so
|
---|
2631 | that groups can be nested. By default, a clone is always
|
---|
2632 | assigned membership to the <computeroutput>/</computeroutput>
|
---|
2633 | group.
|
---|
2634 | </para>
|
---|
2635 | </listitem>
|
---|
2636 |
|
---|
2637 | <listitem>
|
---|
2638 | <para>
|
---|
2639 | <option>--mode machine|machineandchildren|all</option>
|
---|
2640 | specifies which of the following cloning modes to use:
|
---|
2641 | </para>
|
---|
2642 |
|
---|
2643 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2644 |
|
---|
2645 | <listitem>
|
---|
2646 | <para>
|
---|
2647 | <computeroutput>machine</computeroutput> mode clones the
|
---|
2648 | current state of the existing VM without any snapshots.
|
---|
2649 | This is the default mode.
|
---|
2650 | </para>
|
---|
2651 | </listitem>
|
---|
2652 |
|
---|
2653 | <listitem>
|
---|
2654 | <para>
|
---|
2655 | <computeroutput>machineandchildren</computeroutput> mode
|
---|
2656 | clones the snapshot specified by by the
|
---|
2657 | <option>--snapshot</option> option and all child
|
---|
2658 | snapshots.
|
---|
2659 | </para>
|
---|
2660 | </listitem>
|
---|
2661 |
|
---|
2662 | <listitem>
|
---|
2663 | <para>
|
---|
2664 | <computeroutput>all</computeroutput> mode clones all
|
---|
2665 | snapshots and the current state of the existing VM.
|
---|
2666 | </para>
|
---|
2667 | </listitem>
|
---|
2668 |
|
---|
2669 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2670 | </listitem>
|
---|
2671 |
|
---|
2672 | <listitem>
|
---|
2673 | <para>
|
---|
2674 | <option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
|
---|
2675 | specifies a new name for the new VM. The default value is
|
---|
2676 | "<replaceable>name</replaceable> Clone", where
|
---|
2677 | <replaceable>name</replaceable> is the original name of the
|
---|
2678 | VM.
|
---|
2679 | </para>
|
---|
2680 | </listitem>
|
---|
2681 |
|
---|
2682 | <listitem>
|
---|
2683 | <para>
|
---|
2684 | <option>--options</option> specifies how to create a new
|
---|
2685 | clone.
|
---|
2686 | </para>
|
---|
2687 |
|
---|
2688 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2689 |
|
---|
2690 | <listitem>
|
---|
2691 | <para>
|
---|
2692 | <option>--options link</option> creates a linked clone,
|
---|
2693 | which can be cloned only from a snapshot.
|
---|
2694 | </para>
|
---|
2695 | </listitem>
|
---|
2696 |
|
---|
2697 | <listitem>
|
---|
2698 | <para>
|
---|
2699 | <option>--options keepallmacs</option> specifies that the
|
---|
2700 | new clone reuses the MAC addresses of each virtual network
|
---|
2701 | card from the existing VM.
|
---|
2702 | </para>
|
---|
2703 |
|
---|
2704 | <para>
|
---|
2705 | If you do not specify this option or the <option>--options
|
---|
2706 | keepnatmacs</option> option, the default behavior is to
|
---|
2707 | reinitialize the MAC addresses of each virtual network
|
---|
2708 | card.
|
---|
2709 | </para>
|
---|
2710 | </listitem>
|
---|
2711 |
|
---|
2712 | <listitem>
|
---|
2713 | <para>
|
---|
2714 | <option>--options keepnatmacs</option> specifies that the
|
---|
2715 | new clone reuses the MAC addresses of each virtual network
|
---|
2716 | card from the existing VM when the network type is NAT.
|
---|
2717 | </para>
|
---|
2718 |
|
---|
2719 | <para>
|
---|
2720 | If you do not specify this option or the <option>--options
|
---|
2721 | keepallmacs</option> option, the default behavior is to
|
---|
2722 | reinitialize the MAC addresses of each virtual network
|
---|
2723 | card.
|
---|
2724 | </para>
|
---|
2725 | </listitem>
|
---|
2726 |
|
---|
2727 | <listitem>
|
---|
2728 | <para>
|
---|
2729 | <option>--option keepdisknames</option> specifies that the
|
---|
2730 | new clone reuses the disk image names from the existing
|
---|
2731 | VM. By default, disk images are renamed. You can preserve
|
---|
2732 | source hardware IDs by adding
|
---|
2733 | <computeroutput>keephwuuids</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2734 | </para>
|
---|
2735 | </listitem>
|
---|
2736 |
|
---|
2737 | <listitem>
|
---|
2738 | <para>
|
---|
2739 | <option>--option keephwuuids</option> specifies that the
|
---|
2740 | new clone reuses the hardware IDs from the existing VM. By
|
---|
2741 | default, new UUIDs are used.
|
---|
2742 | </para>
|
---|
2743 | </listitem>
|
---|
2744 |
|
---|
2745 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2746 | </listitem>
|
---|
2747 |
|
---|
2748 | <listitem>
|
---|
2749 | <para>
|
---|
2750 | <option>--register</option> automatically registers the new
|
---|
2751 | clone in this &product-name; installation. You can manually
|
---|
2752 | register the new VM later by using the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
2753 | registervm</command> command. See
|
---|
2754 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-registervm" />.
|
---|
2755 | </para>
|
---|
2756 | </listitem>
|
---|
2757 |
|
---|
2758 | <listitem>
|
---|
2759 | <para>
|
---|
2760 | <option>--snapshot <replaceable>vm</replaceable></option>
|
---|
2761 | specifies the snapshot on which to base the new VM. By
|
---|
2762 | default, the clone is created from the current state of the
|
---|
2763 | specified VM.
|
---|
2764 | </para>
|
---|
2765 | </listitem>
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | <listitem>
|
---|
2768 | <para>
|
---|
2769 | <option>--uuid <replaceable>uuid</replaceable></option>
|
---|
2770 | specifies the UUID for the new VM. Ensure that this ID is
|
---|
2771 | unique for the &product-name; instance if you decide to
|
---|
2772 | register this new VM. By default, &product-name; provides a
|
---|
2773 | new UUID.
|
---|
2774 | </para>
|
---|
2775 | </listitem>
|
---|
2776 |
|
---|
2777 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2778 |
|
---|
2779 | </sect1>
|
---|
2780 |
|
---|
2781 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-movevm">
|
---|
2782 |
|
---|
2783 | <title>VBoxManage movevm</title>
|
---|
2784 |
|
---|
2785 | <para>
|
---|
2786 | This command moves a virtual machine to a new location on the
|
---|
2787 | host.
|
---|
2788 | </para>
|
---|
2789 |
|
---|
2790 | <para>
|
---|
2791 | Associated files of the virtual machine, such as settings files
|
---|
2792 | and disk image files, are moved to the new location. The
|
---|
2793 | &product-name; configuration is updated automatically.
|
---|
2794 | </para>
|
---|
2795 |
|
---|
2796 | <para>
|
---|
2797 | The <command>movevm</command> subcommand requires the name of the
|
---|
2798 | virtual machine which should be moved.
|
---|
2799 | </para>
|
---|
2800 |
|
---|
2801 | <para>
|
---|
2802 | Also required is the type of move operation, specified by
|
---|
2803 | <computeroutput>--type basic</computeroutput>. Other types of move
|
---|
2804 | operation may be supported in future releases.
|
---|
2805 | </para>
|
---|
2806 |
|
---|
2807 | <para>
|
---|
2808 | The <computeroutput>--folder</computeroutput> setting configures
|
---|
2809 | the new location on the host file system. Enter a relative
|
---|
2810 | pathname or a full pathname.
|
---|
2811 | </para>
|
---|
2812 |
|
---|
2813 | </sect1>
|
---|
2814 |
|
---|
2815 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-import">
|
---|
2816 |
|
---|
2817 | <title>VBoxManage import</title>
|
---|
2818 |
|
---|
2819 | <para>
|
---|
2820 | This command imports a virtual appliance in OVF format by copying
|
---|
2821 | the virtual disk images and creating virtual machines in
|
---|
2822 | &product-name;. See <xref linkend="ovf" /> for an introduction to
|
---|
2823 | appliances.
|
---|
2824 | </para>
|
---|
2825 |
|
---|
2826 | <para>
|
---|
2827 | The <command>import</command> subcommand takes at least the path
|
---|
2828 | name of an OVF file as input and expects the disk images, if
|
---|
2829 | needed, in the same directory as the OVF file. A lot of additional
|
---|
2830 | command-line options are supported to control in detail what is
|
---|
2831 | being imported and modify the import parameters, but the details
|
---|
2832 | depend on the content of the OVF file.
|
---|
2833 | </para>
|
---|
2834 |
|
---|
2835 | <para>
|
---|
2836 | It is therefore recommended to first run the
|
---|
2837 | <command>import</command> subcommand with the
|
---|
2838 | <computeroutput>--dry-run</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2839 | <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> option. This will then print a
|
---|
2840 | description of the appliance's contents to the screen how it would
|
---|
2841 | be imported into &product-name;, together with the optional
|
---|
2842 | command-line options to influence the import behavior.
|
---|
2843 | </para>
|
---|
2844 |
|
---|
2845 | <para>
|
---|
2846 | Use of the <computeroutput>--options
|
---|
2847 | keepallmacs|keepnatmacs|keepdisknames</computeroutput> option
|
---|
2848 | enables additional fine tuning of the clone operation. The first
|
---|
2849 | two options enable specification of how the MAC addresses of every
|
---|
2850 | virtual network card should be handled. They can either be
|
---|
2851 | reinitialized, which is the default setting, left unchanged
|
---|
2852 | (<computeroutput>keepallmacs</computeroutput>) or left unchanged
|
---|
2853 | when the network type is NAT
|
---|
2854 | (<computeroutput>keepnatmacs</computeroutput>). If you add
|
---|
2855 | <computeroutput>keepdisknames</computeroutput> all new disk images
|
---|
2856 | are assigned the same names as the originals, otherwise they are
|
---|
2857 | renamed.
|
---|
2858 | </para>
|
---|
2859 |
|
---|
2860 | <para>
|
---|
2861 | As an example, the following is a screen output for a sample
|
---|
2862 | appliance containing a Windows XP guest:
|
---|
2863 | </para>
|
---|
2864 |
|
---|
2865 | <screen>VBoxManage import WindowsXp.ovf --dry-run
|
---|
2866 | Interpreting WindowsXp.ovf...
|
---|
2867 | OK.
|
---|
2868 | Virtual system 0:
|
---|
2869 | 0: Suggested OS type: "WindowsXP"
|
---|
2870 | (change with "--vsys 0 --ostype <type>"; use "list ostypes" to list all)
|
---|
2871 | 1: Suggested VM name "Windows XP Professional_1"
|
---|
2872 | (change with "--vsys 0 --vmname <name>")
|
---|
2873 | 2: Suggested VM group "/"
|
---|
2874 | (change with "--vsys 0 --group <group>")
|
---|
2875 | 3: Suggested VM settings file name "/home/klaus/VirtualBox VMs/dummy2 2/dummy2 2.vbox"
|
---|
2876 | (change with "--vsys 0 --settingsfile <filename>")
|
---|
2877 | 4: Suggested VM base folder "/home/klaus/VirtualBox VMs"
|
---|
2878 | (change with "--vsys 0 --basefolder <path>")
|
---|
2879 | 5: End-user license agreement
|
---|
2880 | (display with "--vsys 0 --eula show";
|
---|
2881 | accept with "--vsys 0 --eula accept")
|
---|
2882 | 6: Number of CPUs: 1
|
---|
2883 | (change with "--vsys 0 --cpus <n>")
|
---|
2884 | 7: Guest memory: 956 MB (change with "--vsys 0 --memory <MB>")
|
---|
2885 | 8: Sound card (appliance expects "ensoniq1371", can change on import)
|
---|
2886 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 5 --ignore")
|
---|
2887 | 9: USB controller
|
---|
2888 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 6 --ignore")
|
---|
2889 | 10: Network adapter: orig bridged, config 2, extra type=bridged
|
---|
2890 | 11: Floppy
|
---|
2891 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 8 --ignore")
|
---|
2892 | 12: SCSI controller, type BusLogic
|
---|
2893 | (change with "--vsys 0 --unit 9 --scsitype {BusLogic|LsiLogic}";
|
---|
2894 | disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 9 --ignore")
|
---|
2895 | 13: IDE controller, type PIIX4
|
---|
2896 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 10 --ignore")
|
---|
2897 | 14: Hard disk image: source image=WindowsXp.vmdk,
|
---|
2898 | target path=/home/user/disks/WindowsXp.vmdk, controller=9;channel=0
|
---|
2899 | (change controller with "--vsys 0 --unit 11 --controller <id>";
|
---|
2900 | disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 11 --ignore")</screen>
|
---|
2901 |
|
---|
2902 | <para>
|
---|
2903 | The individual configuration items are numbered, and depending on
|
---|
2904 | their type support different command-line options. The import
|
---|
2905 | subcommand can be directed to ignore many such items with a
|
---|
2906 | <computeroutput>--vsys X --unit Y --ignore</computeroutput>
|
---|
2907 | option, where X is the number of the virtual system and Y the item
|
---|
2908 | number, as printed on the screen. X is zero, unless there are
|
---|
2909 | several virtual system descriptions in the appliance.
|
---|
2910 | </para>
|
---|
2911 |
|
---|
2912 | <para>
|
---|
2913 | In the above example, Item #1 specifies the name of the target
|
---|
2914 | machine in &product-name;. Items #9 and #10 specify hard disk
|
---|
2915 | controllers, respectively. Item #11 describes a hard disk image.
|
---|
2916 | In this case, the additional
|
---|
2917 | <computeroutput>--controller</computeroutput> option indicates
|
---|
2918 | which item the disk image should be connected to, with the default
|
---|
2919 | coming from the OVF file.
|
---|
2920 | </para>
|
---|
2921 |
|
---|
2922 | <para>
|
---|
2923 | You can combine several items for the same virtual system behind
|
---|
2924 | the same <computeroutput>--vsys</computeroutput> option. For
|
---|
2925 | example, to import a machine as described in the OVF, but without
|
---|
2926 | the sound card and without the USB controller, and with the disk
|
---|
2927 | image connected to the IDE controller instead of the SCSI
|
---|
2928 | controller, use the following command:
|
---|
2929 | </para>
|
---|
2930 |
|
---|
2931 | <screen>VBoxManage import WindowsXp.ovf
|
---|
2932 | --vsys 0 --unit 5 --ignore --unit 6 --ignore --unit 11 --controller 10</screen>
|
---|
2933 |
|
---|
2934 | </sect1>
|
---|
2935 |
|
---|
2936 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-export">
|
---|
2937 |
|
---|
2938 | <title>VBoxManage export</title>
|
---|
2939 |
|
---|
2940 | <para>
|
---|
2941 | This command exports one or more virtual machines from
|
---|
2942 | &product-name;. You can export to either of the following:
|
---|
2943 | </para>
|
---|
2944 |
|
---|
2945 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2946 |
|
---|
2947 | <listitem>
|
---|
2948 | <para>
|
---|
2949 | A virtual appliance in OVF format, including copying their
|
---|
2950 | virtual disk images to compressed VMDK.
|
---|
2951 | </para>
|
---|
2952 | </listitem>
|
---|
2953 |
|
---|
2954 | <listitem>
|
---|
2955 | <para>
|
---|
2956 | A cloud service, such as &oci;. A single VM can be exported in
|
---|
2957 | VMDK format.
|
---|
2958 | </para>
|
---|
2959 | </listitem>
|
---|
2960 |
|
---|
2961 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2962 |
|
---|
2963 | <para>
|
---|
2964 | See <xref linkend="ovf" /> for more details on exporting VMs from
|
---|
2965 | &product-name;.
|
---|
2966 | </para>
|
---|
2967 |
|
---|
2968 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-export-ovf">
|
---|
2969 |
|
---|
2970 | <title>Export to OVF</title>
|
---|
2971 |
|
---|
2972 | <para>
|
---|
2973 | List the machine, or the machines, that you would like to export
|
---|
2974 | to the same OVF file and specify the target OVF file after an
|
---|
2975 | additional <computeroutput>--output</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2976 | <computeroutput>-o</computeroutput> option. Note that the
|
---|
2977 | directory of the target OVF file will also receive the exported
|
---|
2978 | disk images in the compressed VMDK format, regardless of the
|
---|
2979 | original format, and should have enough disk space left for
|
---|
2980 | them.
|
---|
2981 | </para>
|
---|
2982 |
|
---|
2983 | <para>
|
---|
2984 | Beside a simple export of a given virtual machine, you can
|
---|
2985 | append several product information to the appliance file. Use
|
---|
2986 | <computeroutput>--product</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2987 | <computeroutput>--producturl</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2988 | <computeroutput>--vendor</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2989 | <computeroutput>--vendorurl</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2990 | <computeroutput>--version</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2991 | <computeroutput>--description</computeroutput> to specify this
|
---|
2992 | additional information. For legal reasons you may add a license
|
---|
2993 | text or the content of a license file by using the
|
---|
2994 | <computeroutput>--eula</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2995 | <computeroutput>--eulafile</computeroutput> option respectively.
|
---|
2996 | </para>
|
---|
2997 |
|
---|
2998 | <para>
|
---|
2999 | As with OVF import, you use the <computeroutput>--vsys
|
---|
3000 | X</computeroutput> option to apply these options to the correct
|
---|
3001 | virtual machine.
|
---|
3002 | </para>
|
---|
3003 |
|
---|
3004 | <para>
|
---|
3005 | For virtualization products which are not fully compatible with
|
---|
3006 | the OVF standard 1.0 you can enable an OVF 0.9 legacy mode with
|
---|
3007 | the <computeroutput>--legacy09</computeroutput> option. Other
|
---|
3008 | options are <computeroutput>--ovf09</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3009 | <computeroutput>--ovf10</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3010 | <computeroutput>--ovf20</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3011 | </para>
|
---|
3012 |
|
---|
3013 | <para>
|
---|
3014 | To specify options controlling the exact content of the
|
---|
3015 | appliance file, you can use <option>--options</option> to
|
---|
3016 | request the creation of a manifest file, which enables detection
|
---|
3017 | of corrupted appliances on import, the additional export of DVD
|
---|
3018 | images, and the exclusion of MAC addresses. You can specify a
|
---|
3019 | list of options, such as <option>--options
|
---|
3020 | manifest,nomacs</option>. For details, check the help output of
|
---|
3021 | <command>VBoxManage export</command>.
|
---|
3022 | </para>
|
---|
3023 |
|
---|
3024 | </sect2>
|
---|
3025 |
|
---|
3026 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-export-cloud">
|
---|
3027 |
|
---|
3028 | <title>Export to &oci;</title>
|
---|
3029 |
|
---|
3030 | <para>
|
---|
3031 | By default, an exported disk image is converted into stream VMDK
|
---|
3032 | format. This ensures compatibility with &oci;.
|
---|
3033 | </para>
|
---|
3034 |
|
---|
3035 | <para>
|
---|
3036 | List the machine that you want to export to &oci; and specify
|
---|
3037 | the target cloud service provider by using the
|
---|
3038 | <computeroutput>--output</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3039 | <computeroutput>-o</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
3040 | </para>
|
---|
3041 |
|
---|
3042 | <para>
|
---|
3043 | To export a VM to a cloud service such as &oci;, use the
|
---|
3044 | <option>--cloud</option> option to specify the VM to export.
|
---|
3045 | This option works in the same way as the <option>--vsys</option>
|
---|
3046 | option for OVF export.
|
---|
3047 | </para>
|
---|
3048 |
|
---|
3049 | <para>
|
---|
3050 | Some of the following options are settings for the VM instance.
|
---|
3051 | As a result, you must enter an Oracle Cloud Identifier (OCID)
|
---|
3052 | for a resource. Use the &oci; Console to view OCIDs.
|
---|
3053 | </para>
|
---|
3054 |
|
---|
3055 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3056 |
|
---|
3057 | <listitem>
|
---|
3058 | <para>
|
---|
3059 | <option>--output/-o</option>: Specifies the short name of
|
---|
3060 | the cloud service provider to which you export. For &oci;,
|
---|
3061 | enter <computeroutput>OCI://</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3062 | </para>
|
---|
3063 | </listitem>
|
---|
3064 |
|
---|
3065 | <listitem>
|
---|
3066 | <para>
|
---|
3067 | <option>--cloud</option>
|
---|
3068 | <replaceable>number-of-virtual-system</replaceable>:
|
---|
3069 | Specifies a number that identifies the VM that you are
|
---|
3070 | exporting. Numbering starts at
|
---|
3071 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> for the first VM.
|
---|
3072 | </para>
|
---|
3073 | </listitem>
|
---|
3074 |
|
---|
3075 | <listitem>
|
---|
3076 | <para>
|
---|
3077 | <option>--vmname</option> <replaceable>name</replaceable>:
|
---|
3078 | Specifies the name of the exported VM. This name is used as
|
---|
3079 | the VM instance name in &oci;.
|
---|
3080 | </para>
|
---|
3081 | </listitem>
|
---|
3082 |
|
---|
3083 | <listitem>
|
---|
3084 | <para>
|
---|
3085 | <option>--cloudprofile</option>
|
---|
3086 | <replaceable>cloud-profile-name</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3087 | cloud profile that is used to connect to the cloud service
|
---|
3088 | provider. The cloud profile contains your &oci; account
|
---|
3089 | details, such as your user OCID and the fingerprint for your
|
---|
3090 | public key. See <xref linkend="ovf-export-oci"/>.
|
---|
3091 | </para>
|
---|
3092 |
|
---|
3093 | <para>
|
---|
3094 | To use a cloud profile, you must have the required
|
---|
3095 | permissions on &oci;.
|
---|
3096 | </para>
|
---|
3097 |
|
---|
3098 | <remark>
|
---|
3099 | Add xref to information about the required permissions.
|
---|
3100 | </remark>
|
---|
3101 | </listitem>
|
---|
3102 |
|
---|
3103 | <listitem>
|
---|
3104 | <para>
|
---|
3105 | <option>--cloudshape</option>
|
---|
3106 | <replaceable>shape</replaceable>: Specifies the shape used
|
---|
3107 | for the VM instance. The shape defines the number of CPUs
|
---|
3108 | and the amount of memory allocated to the VM instance. The
|
---|
3109 | shape must be compatible with the exported image.
|
---|
3110 | </para>
|
---|
3111 | </listitem>
|
---|
3112 |
|
---|
3113 | <listitem>
|
---|
3114 | <para>
|
---|
3115 | <option>--clouddomain</option>
|
---|
3116 | <replaceable>domain</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3117 | availability domain to use for the VM instance. Enter the
|
---|
3118 | OCID for the availability domain.
|
---|
3119 | </para>
|
---|
3120 | </listitem>
|
---|
3121 |
|
---|
3122 | <listitem>
|
---|
3123 | <para>
|
---|
3124 | <option>--clouddisksize</option>
|
---|
3125 | <replaceable>disk-size-in-GB</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3126 | disk size used for the exported disk image in gigabytes. The
|
---|
3127 | minimum value is 50 GB and the maximum value is 300 GB.
|
---|
3128 | </para>
|
---|
3129 | </listitem>
|
---|
3130 |
|
---|
3131 | <listitem>
|
---|
3132 | <para>
|
---|
3133 | <option>--cloudbucket</option>
|
---|
3134 | <replaceable>bucket-name</replaceable>: Specifies the bucket
|
---|
3135 | in which to store the uploaded files. In &oci;, a bucket is
|
---|
3136 | a logical container for storing objects.
|
---|
3137 | </para>
|
---|
3138 | </listitem>
|
---|
3139 |
|
---|
3140 | <listitem>
|
---|
3141 | <para>
|
---|
3142 | <option>--cloudocivcn</option>
|
---|
3143 | <replaceable>OCI-vcn-ID</replaceable>: Specifies the virtual
|
---|
3144 | cloud network (VCN) to use for the VM instance. Enter the
|
---|
3145 | OCID for the VCN.
|
---|
3146 | </para>
|
---|
3147 | </listitem>
|
---|
3148 |
|
---|
3149 | <listitem>
|
---|
3150 | <para>
|
---|
3151 | <option>--cloudocisubnet</option>
|
---|
3152 | <replaceable>OCI-subnet-ID</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3153 | subnet of the VCN to use for the VM instance. Enter the OCID
|
---|
3154 | for the subnet.
|
---|
3155 | </para>
|
---|
3156 | </listitem>
|
---|
3157 |
|
---|
3158 | <listitem>
|
---|
3159 | <para>
|
---|
3160 | <option>--cloudkeepobject true | false</option>: Specifies
|
---|
3161 | whether to store the exported disk image in Oracle Object
|
---|
3162 | Storage.
|
---|
3163 | </para>
|
---|
3164 | </listitem>
|
---|
3165 |
|
---|
3166 | <listitem>
|
---|
3167 | <para>
|
---|
3168 | <option>--cloudlaunchinstance true | false</option>:
|
---|
3169 | Specifies whether to start the VM instance after the export
|
---|
3170 | to &oci; completes.
|
---|
3171 | </para>
|
---|
3172 | </listitem>
|
---|
3173 |
|
---|
3174 | <listitem>
|
---|
3175 | <para>
|
---|
3176 | <option>--cloudpublicip true | false</option>: Specifies
|
---|
3177 | whether to enable a public IP address for the VM instance.
|
---|
3178 | </para>
|
---|
3179 | </listitem>
|
---|
3180 |
|
---|
3181 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | <para>
|
---|
3184 | The following example shows a typical command line for exporting
|
---|
3185 | a VM to &oci;.
|
---|
3186 | </para>
|
---|
3187 |
|
---|
3188 | <remark>
|
---|
3189 | For the next release, describe exactly what this command does in
|
---|
3190 | terms of the command line options.
|
---|
3191 | </remark>
|
---|
3192 |
|
---|
3193 | <screen># VBoxManage export myVM --output OCI:// --cloud 0 --vmname myVM_Cloud \
|
---|
3194 | --cloudprofile "standard user" --cloudbucket myBucket \
|
---|
3195 | --cloudshape VM.Standard2.1 --clouddomain aaaa:US-ASHBURN-AD-1 --clouddisksize 50 \
|
---|
3196 | --cloudocivcn ocid1.vcn.oc1.iad.aaaa... --cloudocisubnet ocid1.subnet.oc1.iad.aaaa... \
|
---|
3197 | --cloudkeepobject true --cloudlaunchinstance true --cloudpublicip true</screen>
|
---|
3198 |
|
---|
3199 | </sect2>
|
---|
3200 |
|
---|
3201 | </sect1>
|
---|
3202 |
|
---|
3203 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-startvm">
|
---|
3204 |
|
---|
3205 | <title>VBoxManage startvm</title>
|
---|
3206 |
|
---|
3207 | <para>
|
---|
3208 | This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the
|
---|
3209 | Powered Off or Saved states.
|
---|
3210 | </para>
|
---|
3211 |
|
---|
3212 | <para>
|
---|
3213 | The optional <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput> specifier
|
---|
3214 | determines whether the machine will be started in a window or
|
---|
3215 | whether the output should go through
|
---|
3216 | <command>VBoxHeadless</command>, with VRDE enabled or not. See
|
---|
3217 | <xref linkend="vboxheadless" />. The list of types is subject to
|
---|
3218 | change, and it is not guaranteed that all types are accepted by
|
---|
3219 | any product variant.
|
---|
3220 | </para>
|
---|
3221 |
|
---|
3222 | <para>
|
---|
3223 | The global or per-VM default value for the VM frontend type will
|
---|
3224 | be taken if the type is not explicitly specified. If none of these
|
---|
3225 | are set, the GUI variant will be started.
|
---|
3226 | </para>
|
---|
3227 |
|
---|
3228 | <para>
|
---|
3229 | The following values are allowed:
|
---|
3230 | </para>
|
---|
3231 |
|
---|
3232 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3233 |
|
---|
3234 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3235 | <term>
|
---|
3236 | <computeroutput>gui</computeroutput>
|
---|
3237 | </term>
|
---|
3238 |
|
---|
3239 | <listitem>
|
---|
3240 | <para>
|
---|
3241 | Starts a VM showing a GUI window. This is the default.
|
---|
3242 | </para>
|
---|
3243 | </listitem>
|
---|
3244 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3245 |
|
---|
3246 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3247 | <term>
|
---|
3248 | <computeroutput>headless</computeroutput>
|
---|
3249 | </term>
|
---|
3250 |
|
---|
3251 | <listitem>
|
---|
3252 | <para>
|
---|
3253 | Starts a VM without a window for remote display only.
|
---|
3254 | </para>
|
---|
3255 | </listitem>
|
---|
3256 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3257 |
|
---|
3258 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3259 | <term>
|
---|
3260 | <computeroutput>separate</computeroutput>
|
---|
3261 | </term>
|
---|
3262 |
|
---|
3263 | <listitem>
|
---|
3264 | <para>
|
---|
3265 | Starts a VM with a detachable UI. Technically, it is a
|
---|
3266 | headless VM with user interface in a separate process. This
|
---|
3267 | is an experimental feature as it lacks certain
|
---|
3268 | functionality, such as 3D acceleration.
|
---|
3269 | </para>
|
---|
3270 | </listitem>
|
---|
3271 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3272 |
|
---|
3273 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3274 |
|
---|
3275 | <note>
|
---|
3276 | <para>
|
---|
3277 | If you experience problems with starting virtual machines with
|
---|
3278 | particular frontends and there is no conclusive error
|
---|
3279 | information, consider starting virtual machines directly by
|
---|
3280 | running the respective front-end, as this can give additional
|
---|
3281 | error information.
|
---|
3282 | </para>
|
---|
3283 | </note>
|
---|
3284 |
|
---|
3285 | </sect1>
|
---|
3286 |
|
---|
3287 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-controlvm">
|
---|
3288 |
|
---|
3289 | <title>VBoxManage controlvm</title>
|
---|
3290 |
|
---|
3291 | <para>
|
---|
3292 | The <command>controlvm</command> subcommand enables you to change
|
---|
3293 | the state of a virtual machine that is currently running. The
|
---|
3294 | following can be specified:
|
---|
3295 | </para>
|
---|
3296 |
|
---|
3297 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3298 |
|
---|
3299 | <listitem>
|
---|
3300 | <para>
|
---|
3301 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> pause</command>:
|
---|
3302 | Temporarily puts a virtual machine on hold, without
|
---|
3303 | permanently changing its state. The VM window is gray, to
|
---|
3304 | indicate that the VM is currently paused. This is equivalent
|
---|
3305 | to selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Pause</emphasis> item
|
---|
3306 | in the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the
|
---|
3307 | GUI.
|
---|
3308 | </para>
|
---|
3309 | </listitem>
|
---|
3310 |
|
---|
3311 | <listitem>
|
---|
3312 | <para>
|
---|
3313 | Use <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> resume</command>:
|
---|
3314 | Undoes a previous <command>pause</command> command. This is
|
---|
3315 | equivalent to selecting the
|
---|
3316 | <emphasis role="bold">Resume</emphasis> item in the
|
---|
3317 | <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3318 | </para>
|
---|
3319 | </listitem>
|
---|
3320 |
|
---|
3321 | <listitem>
|
---|
3322 | <para>
|
---|
3323 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> reset</command>: Has
|
---|
3324 | the same effect on a virtual machine as pressing the Reset
|
---|
3325 | button on a real computer. A cold reboot of the virtual
|
---|
3326 | machine is done, which immediately restarts and reboots the
|
---|
3327 | guest operating system. The state of the VM is not saved
|
---|
3328 | beforehand, and data may be lost. This is equivalent to
|
---|
3329 | selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Reset</emphasis> item in
|
---|
3330 | the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3331 | </para>
|
---|
3332 | </listitem>
|
---|
3333 |
|
---|
3334 | <listitem>
|
---|
3335 | <para>
|
---|
3336 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> poweroff</command>:
|
---|
3337 | Has the same effect on a virtual machine as pulling the power
|
---|
3338 | cable on a real computer. The state of the VM is not saved
|
---|
3339 | beforehand, and data may be lost. This is equivalent to
|
---|
3340 | selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Close</emphasis> item in
|
---|
3341 | the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI,
|
---|
3342 | or clicking the VM window's close button, and then selecting
|
---|
3343 | <emphasis role="bold">Power Off the Machine</emphasis> in the
|
---|
3344 | displayed dialog.
|
---|
3345 | </para>
|
---|
3346 |
|
---|
3347 | <para>
|
---|
3348 | After this, the VM's state will be Powered Off. From that
|
---|
3349 | state, it can be started again. See
|
---|
3350 | <xref
|
---|
3351 | linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
3352 | </para>
|
---|
3353 | </listitem>
|
---|
3354 |
|
---|
3355 | <listitem>
|
---|
3356 | <para>
|
---|
3357 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> savestate</command>:
|
---|
3358 | Saves the current state of the VM to disk and then stops the
|
---|
3359 | VM. This is equivalent to selecting the
|
---|
3360 | <emphasis role="bold">Close</emphasis> item in the
|
---|
3361 | <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI or
|
---|
3362 | clicking the VM window's close button, and then selecting
|
---|
3363 | <emphasis role="bold">Save the Machine State</emphasis> in the
|
---|
3364 | displayed dialog.
|
---|
3365 | </para>
|
---|
3366 |
|
---|
3367 | <para>
|
---|
3368 | After this, the VM's state will be Saved. From this state, it
|
---|
3369 | can be started again. See
|
---|
3370 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
3371 | </para>
|
---|
3372 | </listitem>
|
---|
3373 |
|
---|
3374 | <listitem>
|
---|
3375 | <para>
|
---|
3376 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3377 | acpipowerbutton</command>: Sends an ACPI shutdown signal to
|
---|
3378 | the VM, as if the power button on a real computer had been
|
---|
3379 | pressed. So long as the VM is running a fairly modern guest
|
---|
3380 | operating system providing ACPI support, this should trigger a
|
---|
3381 | proper shutdown mechanism from within the VM.
|
---|
3382 | </para>
|
---|
3383 | </listitem>
|
---|
3384 |
|
---|
3385 | <listitem>
|
---|
3386 | <para>
|
---|
3387 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> keyboardputscancode
|
---|
3388 | <hex> [<hex>...]</command>: Sends commands using
|
---|
3389 | keycodes to the VM. Keycodes are documented in the public
|
---|
3390 | domain. For example:
|
---|
3391 | http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/kbd/scancodes-1.html.
|
---|
3392 | </para>
|
---|
3393 | </listitem>
|
---|
3394 |
|
---|
3395 | <listitem>
|
---|
3396 | <para>
|
---|
3397 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" teleport --hostname
|
---|
3398 | <name> --port <port> [--passwordfile <file>
|
---|
3399 | | --password <password>]</command>: Makes the machine
|
---|
3400 | the source of a teleporting operation and initiates a teleport
|
---|
3401 | to the given target. See <xref linkend="teleporting" />. If
|
---|
3402 | the optional password is specified, it must match the password
|
---|
3403 | that was given to the <command>modifyvm</command> command for
|
---|
3404 | the target machine. See
|
---|
3405 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-teleport" />.
|
---|
3406 | </para>
|
---|
3407 | </listitem>
|
---|
3408 |
|
---|
3409 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3410 |
|
---|
3411 | <para>
|
---|
3412 | The following extra options are available with
|
---|
3413 | <command>controlvm</command> that do not directly affect the VM's
|
---|
3414 | running state:
|
---|
3415 | </para>
|
---|
3416 |
|
---|
3417 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3418 |
|
---|
3419 | <listitem>
|
---|
3420 | <para>
|
---|
3421 | <computeroutput>setlinkstate<1-N></computeroutput>:
|
---|
3422 | Connects or disconnects virtual network cables from their
|
---|
3423 | network interfaces.
|
---|
3424 | </para>
|
---|
3425 | </listitem>
|
---|
3426 |
|
---|
3427 | <listitem>
|
---|
3428 | <para>
|
---|
3429 | <computeroutput>nic<1-N>
|
---|
3430 | null|nat|bridged|intnet|hostonly|generic|natnetwork[<devicename>]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3431 | Specifies the type of networking that should be made available
|
---|
3432 | on the specified VM virtual network card. They available types
|
---|
3433 | are: not connected to the host
|
---|
3434 | (<computeroutput>null</computeroutput>), use network address
|
---|
3435 | translation (<computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>), bridged
|
---|
3436 | networking (<computeroutput>bridged</computeroutput>),
|
---|
3437 | communicate with other virtual machines using internal
|
---|
3438 | networking (<computeroutput>intnet</computeroutput>),
|
---|
3439 | host-only networking
|
---|
3440 | (<computeroutput>hostonly</computeroutput>), natnetwork
|
---|
3441 | networking (<computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
3442 | access to rarely used submodes
|
---|
3443 | (<computeroutput>generic</computeroutput>). These options
|
---|
3444 | correspond to the modes which are described in detail in
|
---|
3445 | <xref
|
---|
3446 | linkend="networkingmodes" />.
|
---|
3447 | </para>
|
---|
3448 | </listitem>
|
---|
3449 |
|
---|
3450 | <listitem>
|
---|
3451 | <para>
|
---|
3452 | With the <computeroutput>nictrace</computeroutput> options,
|
---|
3453 | you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a
|
---|
3454 | file, for debugging purposes.
|
---|
3455 | </para>
|
---|
3456 |
|
---|
3457 | <para>
|
---|
3458 | <computeroutput>nictrace<1-N> on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3459 | Enables network tracing for a particular virtual network card.
|
---|
3460 | </para>
|
---|
3461 |
|
---|
3462 | <para>
|
---|
3463 | If enabled, you must specify with
|
---|
3464 | <computeroutput>--nictracefile<1-N>
|
---|
3465 | <filename></computeroutput> the pathname of the file to
|
---|
3466 | which the trace should be logged.
|
---|
3467 | </para>
|
---|
3468 | </listitem>
|
---|
3469 |
|
---|
3470 | <listitem>
|
---|
3471 | <para>
|
---|
3472 | <computeroutput>nicpromisc<1-N>
|
---|
3473 | deny|allow-vms|allow-all</computeroutput>: Specifies how the
|
---|
3474 | promiscious mode is handled for the specified VM virtual
|
---|
3475 | network card. This setting is only relevant for bridged
|
---|
3476 | networking. The default setting of
|
---|
3477 | <computeroutput>deny</computeroutput> hides any traffic not
|
---|
3478 | intended for this VM.
|
---|
3479 | <computeroutput>allow-vms</computeroutput> hides all host
|
---|
3480 | traffic from this VM but enables the VM to see traffic to and
|
---|
3481 | from other VMs. <computeroutput>allow-all</computeroutput>
|
---|
3482 | removes this restriction completely.
|
---|
3483 | </para>
|
---|
3484 | </listitem>
|
---|
3485 |
|
---|
3486 | <listitem>
|
---|
3487 | <para>
|
---|
3488 | <computeroutput>nicproperty<1-N>
|
---|
3489 | <paramname>="paramvalue"</computeroutput>: This option,
|
---|
3490 | in combination with
|
---|
3491 | <computeroutput>nicgenericdrv</computeroutput> enables you to
|
---|
3492 | pass parameters to rarely-used network backends.
|
---|
3493 | </para>
|
---|
3494 |
|
---|
3495 | <para>
|
---|
3496 | Those parameters are backend engine-specific, and are
|
---|
3497 | different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers. See
|
---|
3498 | <xref linkend="network_udp_tunnel" />.
|
---|
3499 | </para>
|
---|
3500 | </listitem>
|
---|
3501 |
|
---|
3502 | <listitem>
|
---|
3503 | <para>
|
---|
3504 | <computeroutput>natpf<1-N>
|
---|
3505 | [<name>],tcp|udp,[<hostip>],<hostport>,[<guestip>],
|
---|
3506 | <guestport></computeroutput>: Specifies a NAT
|
---|
3507 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward"/>.
|
---|
3508 | </para>
|
---|
3509 | </listitem>
|
---|
3510 |
|
---|
3511 | <listitem>
|
---|
3512 | <para>
|
---|
3513 | <computeroutput>natpf<1-N> delete
|
---|
3514 | <name></computeroutput>: Deletes a NAT port-forwarding
|
---|
3515 | rule. See <xref linkend="natforward"/>.
|
---|
3516 | </para>
|
---|
3517 | </listitem>
|
---|
3518 |
|
---|
3519 | <listitem>
|
---|
3520 | <para>
|
---|
3521 | The <computeroutput>guestmemoryballoon<balloon size in
|
---|
3522 | MB></computeroutput>: Changes the size of the guest memory
|
---|
3523 | balloon. This is the memory allocated by the &product-name;
|
---|
3524 | Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned
|
---|
3525 | to the hypervisor for reuse by other virtual machines. This
|
---|
3526 | must be specified in megabytes. See
|
---|
3527 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />.
|
---|
3528 | </para>
|
---|
3529 | </listitem>
|
---|
3530 |
|
---|
3531 | <listitem>
|
---|
3532 | <para>
|
---|
3533 | <computeroutput>usbattach<uuid|address> [--capturefile
|
---|
3534 | <filename>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
3535 | </para>
|
---|
3536 |
|
---|
3537 | <para>
|
---|
3538 | and <computeroutput>usbdetach <uuid|address>
|
---|
3539 | [--capturefile <filename>]</computeroutput>: Makes host
|
---|
3540 | USB devices visible or invisible to the virtual machine on the
|
---|
3541 | fly, without the need for creating filters first. The USB
|
---|
3542 | devices can be specified by UUID (unique identifier) or by
|
---|
3543 | address on the host system. Use the
|
---|
3544 | <computeroutput>--capturefile</computeroutput> option to
|
---|
3545 | specify the absolute path of a file for writing activity
|
---|
3546 | logging data.
|
---|
3547 | </para>
|
---|
3548 |
|
---|
3549 | <para>
|
---|
3550 | You can use <command>VBoxManage list usbhost</command> to
|
---|
3551 | locate this information.
|
---|
3552 | </para>
|
---|
3553 | </listitem>
|
---|
3554 |
|
---|
3555 | <listitem>
|
---|
3556 | <para>
|
---|
3557 | <computeroutput>audioin on</computeroutput>: Selects whether
|
---|
3558 | capturing audio from the host is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
3559 | </para>
|
---|
3560 | </listitem>
|
---|
3561 |
|
---|
3562 | <listitem>
|
---|
3563 | <para>
|
---|
3564 | <computeroutput>audioout on</computeroutput>: Selects whether
|
---|
3565 | audio playback from the guest is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
3566 | </para>
|
---|
3567 | </listitem>
|
---|
3568 |
|
---|
3569 | <listitem>
|
---|
3570 | <para>
|
---|
3571 | <computeroutput>clipboard
|
---|
3572 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3573 | Selects how the guest or host operating system's clipboard
|
---|
3574 | should be shared with the host or guest. See
|
---|
3575 | <xref linkend="generalsettings" />. This requires that the
|
---|
3576 | Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
3577 | </para>
|
---|
3578 | </listitem>
|
---|
3579 |
|
---|
3580 | <listitem>
|
---|
3581 | <para>
|
---|
3582 | <computeroutput>draganddrop
|
---|
3583 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3584 | Selects the current drag and drop mode being used between the
|
---|
3585 | host and the virtual machine. See
|
---|
3586 | <xref linkend="guestadd-dnd" />. This requires that the Guest
|
---|
3587 | Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
3588 | </para>
|
---|
3589 | </listitem>
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | <listitem>
|
---|
3592 | <para>
|
---|
3593 | <computeroutput>vrde on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
3594 | disables the VRDE server, if it is installed.
|
---|
3595 | </para>
|
---|
3596 | </listitem>
|
---|
3597 |
|
---|
3598 | <listitem>
|
---|
3599 | <para>
|
---|
3600 | <computeroutput>vrdeport
|
---|
3601 | default|<ports></computeroutput>: Changes the port or a
|
---|
3602 | range of ports that the VRDE server can bind to.
|
---|
3603 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3604 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
3605 | standard port for RDP. See the description for the
|
---|
3606 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3607 | <xref
|
---|
3608 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3609 | </para>
|
---|
3610 | </listitem>
|
---|
3611 |
|
---|
3612 | <listitem>
|
---|
3613 | <para>
|
---|
3614 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3615 | "TCP/Ports|Address=<value>"</computeroutput>: Sets the
|
---|
3616 | port numbers and IP address on the VM to which the VRDE server
|
---|
3617 | can bind.
|
---|
3618 | </para>
|
---|
3619 |
|
---|
3620 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3621 |
|
---|
3622 | <listitem>
|
---|
3623 | <para>
|
---|
3624 | For TCP/Ports, <value> should be a port or a range
|
---|
3625 | of ports to which the VRDE server can bind.
|
---|
3626 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3627 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
3628 | standard port for RDP. See the description for the
|
---|
3629 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3630 | <xref
|
---|
3631 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3632 | </para>
|
---|
3633 | </listitem>
|
---|
3634 |
|
---|
3635 | <listitem>
|
---|
3636 | <para>
|
---|
3637 | For TCP/Address, <value>: The IP address of the host
|
---|
3638 | network interface that the VRDE server will bind to. If
|
---|
3639 | specified, the server will accept connections only on the
|
---|
3640 | specified host network interface. See the description for
|
---|
3641 | the <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress</computeroutput> option
|
---|
3642 | in
|
---|
3643 | <xref
|
---|
3644 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3645 | </para>
|
---|
3646 | </listitem>
|
---|
3647 |
|
---|
3648 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3649 | </listitem>
|
---|
3650 |
|
---|
3651 | <listitem>
|
---|
3652 | <para>
|
---|
3653 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3654 | "VideoChannel/Enabled|Quality|DownscaleProtection=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3655 | Sets the VRDP video redirection properties.
|
---|
3656 | </para>
|
---|
3657 |
|
---|
3658 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3659 |
|
---|
3660 | <listitem>
|
---|
3661 | <para>
|
---|
3662 | For VideoChannel/Enabled, <value> can be set to "1"
|
---|
3663 | switching the VRDP video channel on. See
|
---|
3664 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3665 | </para>
|
---|
3666 | </listitem>
|
---|
3667 |
|
---|
3668 | <listitem>
|
---|
3669 | <para>
|
---|
3670 | For VideoChannel/Quality, <value> should be set
|
---|
3671 | between 10 and 100% inclusive, representing a JPEG
|
---|
3672 | compression level on the VRDE server video channel. Lower
|
---|
3673 | values mean lower quality but higher compression. See
|
---|
3674 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3675 | </para>
|
---|
3676 | </listitem>
|
---|
3677 |
|
---|
3678 | <listitem>
|
---|
3679 | <para>
|
---|
3680 | For VideoChannel/DownscaleProtection, <value> can be
|
---|
3681 | set to "1" to enable the videochannel downscale protection
|
---|
3682 | feature. When enabled, if a video's size equals the shadow
|
---|
3683 | buffer size, then it is regarded as a full screen video,
|
---|
3684 | and is displayed. If its size is between fullscreen and
|
---|
3685 | the downscale threshold it is not displayed, as it could
|
---|
3686 | be an application window, which would be unreadable when
|
---|
3687 | downscaled. When the downscale protection feature is
|
---|
3688 | disabled, an attempt is always made to display videos.
|
---|
3689 | </para>
|
---|
3690 | </listitem>
|
---|
3691 |
|
---|
3692 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3693 | </listitem>
|
---|
3694 |
|
---|
3695 | <listitem>
|
---|
3696 | <para>
|
---|
3697 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3698 | "Client/DisableDisplay|DisableInput|DisableAudio|DisableUSB=1"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3699 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Display, Input,
|
---|
3700 | Audio, or USB. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
3701 | "Client/DisableDisplay=" for example. See
|
---|
3702 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
3703 | </para>
|
---|
3704 | </listitem>
|
---|
3705 |
|
---|
3706 | <listitem>
|
---|
3707 | <para>
|
---|
3708 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3709 | "Client/DisableClipboard|DisableUpstreamAudio=1"</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3710 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Clipboard or
|
---|
3711 | UpstreamAudio. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
3712 | "Client/DisableClipboard=" for example. See
|
---|
3713 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
3714 | </para>
|
---|
3715 | </listitem>
|
---|
3716 |
|
---|
3717 | <listitem>
|
---|
3718 | <para>
|
---|
3719 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3720 | "Client/DisableRDPDR=1"</computeroutput>: Disables the VRDE
|
---|
3721 | server feature: RDP device redirection for smart cards. To
|
---|
3722 | reenable this feature, use "Client/DisableRDPR=".
|
---|
3723 | </para>
|
---|
3724 | </listitem>
|
---|
3725 |
|
---|
3726 | <listitem>
|
---|
3727 | <para>
|
---|
3728 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3729 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=1"</computeroutput>: Enables the VRDE
|
---|
3730 | server feature: 3D redirection. To disable this feature, use
|
---|
3731 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=".
|
---|
3732 | </para>
|
---|
3733 | </listitem>
|
---|
3734 |
|
---|
3735 | <listitem>
|
---|
3736 | <para>
|
---|
3737 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3738 | "Security/Method|ServerCertificate|ServerPrivateKey|CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3739 | Sets the desired security method, path of the server
|
---|
3740 | certificate, path of the server private key, and path of CA
|
---|
3741 | certificate, used for a connection.
|
---|
3742 | </para>
|
---|
3743 |
|
---|
3744 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3745 |
|
---|
3746 | <listitem>
|
---|
3747 | <para>
|
---|
3748 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3749 | "Security/Method=<value>"</computeroutput>: Sets the
|
---|
3750 | desired security method, which is used for a connection.
|
---|
3751 | Valid values are as follows:
|
---|
3752 | </para>
|
---|
3753 |
|
---|
3754 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3755 |
|
---|
3756 | <listitem>
|
---|
3757 | <para>
|
---|
3758 | <computeroutput>Negotiate</computeroutput>: Both
|
---|
3759 | Enhanced (TLS) and Standard RDP Security connections
|
---|
3760 | are allowed. The security method is negotiated with
|
---|
3761 | the client. This is the default setting.
|
---|
3762 | </para>
|
---|
3763 | </listitem>
|
---|
3764 |
|
---|
3765 | <listitem>
|
---|
3766 | <para>
|
---|
3767 | <computeroutput>RDP</computeroutput>: Only Standard
|
---|
3768 | RDP Security is accepted.
|
---|
3769 | </para>
|
---|
3770 | </listitem>
|
---|
3771 |
|
---|
3772 | <listitem>
|
---|
3773 | <para>
|
---|
3774 | <computeroutput>TLS</computeroutput>: Only Enhanced
|
---|
3775 | RDP Security is accepted. The client must support TLS.
|
---|
3776 | </para>
|
---|
3777 | </listitem>
|
---|
3778 |
|
---|
3779 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3780 |
|
---|
3781 | <para>
|
---|
3782 | See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3783 | </para>
|
---|
3784 | </listitem>
|
---|
3785 |
|
---|
3786 | <listitem>
|
---|
3787 | <para>
|
---|
3788 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3789 | "Security/ServerCertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3790 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
3791 | certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3792 | </para>
|
---|
3793 | </listitem>
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | <listitem>
|
---|
3796 | <para>
|
---|
3797 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3798 | "Security/ServerPrivateKey=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3799 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
3800 | private key. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3801 | </para>
|
---|
3802 | </listitem>
|
---|
3803 |
|
---|
3804 | <listitem>
|
---|
3805 | <para>
|
---|
3806 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3807 | "Security/CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3808 | where <value> is the absolute path of the CA self
|
---|
3809 | signed certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3810 | </para>
|
---|
3811 | </listitem>
|
---|
3812 |
|
---|
3813 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3814 | </listitem>
|
---|
3815 |
|
---|
3816 | <listitem>
|
---|
3817 | <para>
|
---|
3818 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3819 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode|LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3820 | Sets the audio connection mode, or path of the audio logfile.
|
---|
3821 | </para>
|
---|
3822 |
|
---|
3823 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | <listitem>
|
---|
3826 | <para>
|
---|
3827 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3828 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3829 | where <value> is the desired rate correction mode,
|
---|
3830 | allowed values are:
|
---|
3831 | </para>
|
---|
3832 |
|
---|
3833 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3834 |
|
---|
3835 | <listitem>
|
---|
3836 | <para>
|
---|
3837 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_VOID</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3838 | No mode specified, use to unset any Audio mode already
|
---|
3839 | set.
|
---|
3840 | </para>
|
---|
3841 | </listitem>
|
---|
3842 |
|
---|
3843 | <listitem>
|
---|
3844 | <para>
|
---|
3845 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_RC</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3846 | Rate correction mode.
|
---|
3847 | </para>
|
---|
3848 | </listitem>
|
---|
3849 |
|
---|
3850 | <listitem>
|
---|
3851 | <para>
|
---|
3852 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_LPF</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3853 | Low pass filter mode.
|
---|
3854 | </para>
|
---|
3855 | </listitem>
|
---|
3856 |
|
---|
3857 | <listitem>
|
---|
3858 | <para>
|
---|
3859 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_CS</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3860 | Client sync mode to prevent underflow or overflow of
|
---|
3861 | the client queue.
|
---|
3862 | </para>
|
---|
3863 | </listitem>
|
---|
3864 |
|
---|
3865 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3866 | </listitem>
|
---|
3867 |
|
---|
3868 | <listitem>
|
---|
3869 | <para>
|
---|
3870 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3871 | "Audio/LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput> where
|
---|
3872 | <value> is the absolute path of the audio log file.
|
---|
3873 | </para>
|
---|
3874 | </listitem>
|
---|
3875 |
|
---|
3876 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3877 | </listitem>
|
---|
3878 |
|
---|
3879 | <listitem>
|
---|
3880 | <para>
|
---|
3881 | <computeroutput>vrdevideochannelquality
|
---|
3882 | <percent></computeroutput>: Sets the image quality for
|
---|
3883 | video redirection. See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3884 | </para>
|
---|
3885 | </listitem>
|
---|
3886 |
|
---|
3887 | <listitem>
|
---|
3888 | <para>
|
---|
3889 | <computeroutput>setvideomodehint</computeroutput>: Requests
|
---|
3890 | that the guest system change to a particular video mode. This
|
---|
3891 | requires that the Guest Additions be installed, and will not
|
---|
3892 | work for all guest systems.
|
---|
3893 | </para>
|
---|
3894 | </listitem>
|
---|
3895 |
|
---|
3896 | <listitem>
|
---|
3897 | <para>
|
---|
3898 | <computeroutput>screenshotpng</computeroutput>: Takes a
|
---|
3899 | screenshot of the guest display and saves it in PNG format.
|
---|
3900 | </para>
|
---|
3901 | </listitem>
|
---|
3902 |
|
---|
3903 | <listitem>
|
---|
3904 | <para>
|
---|
3905 | <computeroutput>recording on|off</computeroutput> enables or
|
---|
3906 | disables the recording of a VM session into a WebM/VP8 file.
|
---|
3907 | When this option value is <computeroutput>on</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3908 | recording begins when the VM session starts.
|
---|
3909 | </para>
|
---|
3910 | </listitem>
|
---|
3911 |
|
---|
3912 | <listitem>
|
---|
3913 | <para>
|
---|
3914 | <computeroutput>recordingscreens
|
---|
3915 | all|<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable>
|
---|
3916 | [<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable> ...]</computeroutput>
|
---|
3917 | enables you to specify which VM screens to record. The
|
---|
3918 | recording for each screen that you specify is saved to its own
|
---|
3919 | file. You cannot modify this setting while recording is
|
---|
3920 | enabled.
|
---|
3921 | </para>
|
---|
3922 | </listitem>
|
---|
3923 |
|
---|
3924 | <listitem>
|
---|
3925 | <para>
|
---|
3926 | <computeroutput>recordingfile
|
---|
3927 | <replaceable>filename</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies
|
---|
3928 | the file in which to save the recording. You cannot modify
|
---|
3929 | this setting while recording is enabled.
|
---|
3930 | </para>
|
---|
3931 | </listitem>
|
---|
3932 |
|
---|
3933 | <listitem>
|
---|
3934 | <para>
|
---|
3935 | <computeroutput>recordingvideores
|
---|
3936 | <replaceable>width</replaceable>x<replaceable>height</replaceable></computeroutput>
|
---|
3937 | specifies the resolution of the recorded video in pixels. You
|
---|
3938 | cannot modify this setting while recording is enabled.
|
---|
3939 | </para>
|
---|
3940 | </listitem>
|
---|
3941 |
|
---|
3942 | <listitem>
|
---|
3943 | <!-- @todo r=andy Clarify rate. -->
|
---|
3944 |
|
---|
3945 | <para>
|
---|
3946 | <computeroutput>recordingvideorate
|
---|
3947 | <replaceable>bit-rate</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies
|
---|
3948 | the bit rate of the video in kilobits per second. Increasing
|
---|
3949 | this value improves the appearance of the video at the cost of
|
---|
3950 | an increased file size. You cannot modify this setting while
|
---|
3951 | recording is enabled.
|
---|
3952 | </para>
|
---|
3953 | </listitem>
|
---|
3954 |
|
---|
3955 | <listitem>
|
---|
3956 | <para>
|
---|
3957 | <computeroutput>recordingvideofps
|
---|
3958 | <replaceable>fps</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
3959 | maximum number of video frames per second (FPS) to record.
|
---|
3960 | Frames that have a higher frequency are skipped. Increasing
|
---|
3961 | this value reduces the number of skipped frames and increases
|
---|
3962 | the file size. You cannot modify this setting while recording
|
---|
3963 | is enabled.
|
---|
3964 | </para>
|
---|
3965 | </listitem>
|
---|
3966 |
|
---|
3967 | <listitem>
|
---|
3968 | <!-- @todo r=andy Clarify time format. -->
|
---|
3969 |
|
---|
3970 | <para>
|
---|
3971 | <computeroutput>recordingmaxtime
|
---|
3972 | <replaceable>seconds</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies
|
---|
3973 | the maximum amount time to record in seconds. The recording
|
---|
3974 | stops after the specified number of seconds elapses. If this
|
---|
3975 | value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
3976 | recording.
|
---|
3977 | </para>
|
---|
3978 | </listitem>
|
---|
3979 |
|
---|
3980 | <listitem>
|
---|
3981 | <para>
|
---|
3982 | <computeroutput>recordingmaxsize
|
---|
3983 | <replaceable>MB</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
3984 | maximum size of the recorded video file in megabytes. The
|
---|
3985 | recording stops when the file reaches the specified size. If
|
---|
3986 | this value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
3987 | recording. You cannot modify this setting while recording is
|
---|
3988 | enabled.
|
---|
3989 | </para>
|
---|
3990 | </listitem>
|
---|
3991 |
|
---|
3992 | <listitem>
|
---|
3993 | <para>
|
---|
3994 | <computeroutput>recordingopts
|
---|
3995 | <replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>[,<replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>
|
---|
3996 | ...]</computeroutput> specifies additional recording options
|
---|
3997 | in a comma-separated keyword-value format. For example,
|
---|
3998 | <computeroutput>foo=bar,a=b</computeroutput>. You cannot
|
---|
3999 | modify this setting while recording is enabled.
|
---|
4000 | </para>
|
---|
4001 |
|
---|
4002 | <para>
|
---|
4003 | Only use this option only if you are an advanced user. For
|
---|
4004 | information about keywords, see <emphasis>Oracle VM VirtualBox
|
---|
4005 | Programming Guide and Reference</emphasis>.
|
---|
4006 | </para>
|
---|
4007 | </listitem>
|
---|
4008 |
|
---|
4009 | <listitem>
|
---|
4010 | <para>
|
---|
4011 | <computeroutput>setcredentials</computeroutput>: Used for
|
---|
4012 | remote logins on Windows guests. See
|
---|
4013 | <xref linkend="autologon" />.
|
---|
4014 | </para>
|
---|
4015 | </listitem>
|
---|
4016 |
|
---|
4017 | <listitem>
|
---|
4018 | <para>
|
---|
4019 | <computeroutput>teleport --host <name> --port
|
---|
4020 | <port></computeroutput>: Configures a VM as a target for
|
---|
4021 | teleporting. <name> specifies the virtual machine name.
|
---|
4022 | <port> specifies the port on the virtual machine which
|
---|
4023 | should listen for teleporting requests from other virtual
|
---|
4024 | machines. It can be any free TCP/IP port number, such as 6000.
|
---|
4025 | See <xref linkend="teleporting" />.
|
---|
4026 | </para>
|
---|
4027 |
|
---|
4028 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4029 |
|
---|
4030 | <listitem>
|
---|
4031 | <para>
|
---|
4032 | <computeroutput>--maxdowntime
|
---|
4033 | <msec></computeroutput>: Specifies the maximum
|
---|
4034 | downtime, in milliseconds, for the teleporting target VM.
|
---|
4035 | Optional.
|
---|
4036 | </para>
|
---|
4037 | </listitem>
|
---|
4038 |
|
---|
4039 | <listitem>
|
---|
4040 | <para>
|
---|
4041 | <computeroutput>--password
|
---|
4042 | <password></computeroutput>: The teleporting request
|
---|
4043 | will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same
|
---|
4044 | password as the one given with this command. Optional.
|
---|
4045 | </para>
|
---|
4046 | </listitem>
|
---|
4047 |
|
---|
4048 | <listitem>
|
---|
4049 | <para>
|
---|
4050 | <computeroutput>--passwordfile <password
|
---|
4051 | file></computeroutput>: The teleporting request will
|
---|
4052 | only succeed if the source machine specifies the same
|
---|
4053 | password as the one specified in the password file with
|
---|
4054 | the path specified with this command. Use
|
---|
4055 | <computeroutput>stdin</computeroutput> to read the
|
---|
4056 | password from stdin. Optional.
|
---|
4057 | </para>
|
---|
4058 | </listitem>
|
---|
4059 |
|
---|
4060 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4061 | </listitem>
|
---|
4062 |
|
---|
4063 | <listitem>
|
---|
4064 | <para>
|
---|
4065 | <computeroutput>plugcpu|unplugcpu <id></computeroutput>:
|
---|
4066 | If CPU hot-plugging is enabled, this setting adds and removes
|
---|
4067 | a virtual CPU to the virtual machine.
|
---|
4068 | <computeroutput><id></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
4069 | index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a
|
---|
4070 | number from 0 to the maximum number of CPUs configured. CPU 0
|
---|
4071 | can never be removed.
|
---|
4072 | </para>
|
---|
4073 | </listitem>
|
---|
4074 |
|
---|
4075 | <listitem>
|
---|
4076 | <para>
|
---|
4077 | The <computeroutput>cpuexecutioncap
|
---|
4078 | <1-100></computeroutput>: Controls how much CPU time a
|
---|
4079 | virtual CPU can use. A value of 50 implies a single virtual
|
---|
4080 | CPU can use up to 50% of a single host CPU.
|
---|
4081 | </para>
|
---|
4082 | </listitem>
|
---|
4083 |
|
---|
4084 | <listitem>
|
---|
4085 | <para>
|
---|
4086 | <computeroutput>webcam attach <path|alias>
|
---|
4087 | [<keyword=value>[;<keyword=value>...]]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
4088 | Attaches a webcam to a running VM. Specify the absolute path
|
---|
4089 | of the webcam on the host operating system, or use its alias,
|
---|
4090 | obtained by using the command: <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
4091 | webcams</command>.
|
---|
4092 | </para>
|
---|
4093 |
|
---|
4094 | <para>
|
---|
4095 | Note that alias '.0' means the default video input device on
|
---|
4096 | the host operating system, '.1', '.2', etc. mean first,
|
---|
4097 | second, etc. video input device. The device order is
|
---|
4098 | host-specific.
|
---|
4099 | </para>
|
---|
4100 |
|
---|
4101 | <para>
|
---|
4102 | The optional settings parameter is a
|
---|
4103 | <computeroutput>;</computeroutput> delimited list of
|
---|
4104 | name-value pairs, enabling configuration of the emulated
|
---|
4105 | webcam device.
|
---|
4106 | </para>
|
---|
4107 |
|
---|
4108 | <para>
|
---|
4109 | The following settings are supported:
|
---|
4110 | </para>
|
---|
4111 |
|
---|
4112 | <para>
|
---|
4113 | MaxFramerate: Specifies the highest rate in frames per second,
|
---|
4114 | at which video frames are sent to the guest. Higher frame
|
---|
4115 | rates increase CPU load, so this setting can be useful when
|
---|
4116 | there is a need to reduce CPU load. The default setting is
|
---|
4117 | <computeroutput>no maximum limit</computeroutput>, thus
|
---|
4118 | enabling the guest to use all frame rates supported by the
|
---|
4119 | host webcam.
|
---|
4120 | </para>
|
---|
4121 |
|
---|
4122 | <para>
|
---|
4123 | MaxPayloadTransferSize: Specifies the maximum number of bytes
|
---|
4124 | the emulated webcam can send to the guest in one buffer. The
|
---|
4125 | default setting is 3060 bytes, which is used by some webcams.
|
---|
4126 | Higher values can slightly reduce CPU load, if the guest is
|
---|
4127 | able to use larger buffers. Note that higher
|
---|
4128 | MaxPayloadTransferSize values may be not supported by some
|
---|
4129 | guest operating systems.
|
---|
4130 | </para>
|
---|
4131 | </listitem>
|
---|
4132 |
|
---|
4133 | <listitem>
|
---|
4134 | <para>
|
---|
4135 | <computeroutput>webcam detach
|
---|
4136 | <path|alias></computeroutput>: Detaches a webcam from a
|
---|
4137 | running VM. Specify the absolute path of the webcam on the
|
---|
4138 | host, or use its alias obtained from the <command>webcam
|
---|
4139 | list</command> command.
|
---|
4140 | </para>
|
---|
4141 |
|
---|
4142 | <para>
|
---|
4143 | Please note the following points, relating to specific host
|
---|
4144 | operating systems:
|
---|
4145 | </para>
|
---|
4146 |
|
---|
4147 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4148 |
|
---|
4149 | <listitem>
|
---|
4150 | <para>
|
---|
4151 | Windows hosts: When the webcam device is detached from the
|
---|
4152 | host, the emulated webcam device is automatically detached
|
---|
4153 | from the guest.
|
---|
4154 | </para>
|
---|
4155 | </listitem>
|
---|
4156 |
|
---|
4157 | <listitem>
|
---|
4158 | <para>
|
---|
4159 | Mac OS X hosts: OS X version 10.7 or newer is required.
|
---|
4160 | </para>
|
---|
4161 |
|
---|
4162 | <para>
|
---|
4163 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the
|
---|
4164 | emulated webcam device remains attached to the guest and
|
---|
4165 | must be manually detached using the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
4166 | controlvm webcam detach</command> command.
|
---|
4167 | </para>
|
---|
4168 | </listitem>
|
---|
4169 |
|
---|
4170 | <listitem>
|
---|
4171 | <para>
|
---|
4172 | Linux hosts: When the webcam is detached from the host,
|
---|
4173 | the emulated webcam device is automatically detached from
|
---|
4174 | the guest only if the webcam is streaming video. If the
|
---|
4175 | emulated webcam is inactive, it should be manually
|
---|
4176 | detached using the <command>VBoxManage controlvm webcam
|
---|
4177 | detach</command> command.
|
---|
4178 | </para>
|
---|
4179 | </listitem>
|
---|
4180 |
|
---|
4181 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4182 | </listitem>
|
---|
4183 |
|
---|
4184 | <listitem>
|
---|
4185 | <para>
|
---|
4186 | <computeroutput>webcam list</computeroutput>: Lists webcams
|
---|
4187 | attached to the running VM. The output is a list of absolute
|
---|
4188 | paths or aliases that were used for attaching the webcams to
|
---|
4189 | the VM using the <command>webcam attach</command> command.
|
---|
4190 | </para>
|
---|
4191 | </listitem>
|
---|
4192 |
|
---|
4193 | <listitem>
|
---|
4194 | <para>
|
---|
4195 | <computeroutput>addencpassword <id> <password
|
---|
4196 | file>|- [--removeonsuspend
|
---|
4197 | <yes|no>]</computeroutput>: Supplies an encrypted VM
|
---|
4198 | specified by <id> with the encryption password to enable
|
---|
4199 | a headless start. Either specify the absolute path of a
|
---|
4200 | password file on the host file system: <password file>,
|
---|
4201 | or use <option>-</option> to instruct
|
---|
4202 | <command>VBoxManage</command> to prompt the user for the
|
---|
4203 | encryption password.
|
---|
4204 | </para>
|
---|
4205 |
|
---|
4206 | <para>
|
---|
4207 | <computeroutput>--removeonsuspend
|
---|
4208 | <yes|no></computeroutput>: Specifies whether to remove
|
---|
4209 | the passsword or keep the password in VM memory when the VM is
|
---|
4210 | suspended. If the VM has been suspended and the password has
|
---|
4211 | been removed, the user needs to resupply the password before
|
---|
4212 | the VM can be resumed. This feature is useful in cases where
|
---|
4213 | the user does not want the password to be stored in VM memory,
|
---|
4214 | and the VM is suspended by a host suspend event.
|
---|
4215 | </para>
|
---|
4216 |
|
---|
4217 | <note>
|
---|
4218 | <para>
|
---|
4219 | On &product-name; versions 5.0 and later, data stored on
|
---|
4220 | hard disk images can be transparently encrypted for the
|
---|
4221 | guest. &product-name; uses the AES algorithm in XTS mode and
|
---|
4222 | supports 128 or 256 bit data encryption keys (DEK). The DEK
|
---|
4223 | is stored encrypted in the medium properties, and is
|
---|
4224 | decrypted during VM startup by supplying the encryption
|
---|
4225 | password.
|
---|
4226 | </para>
|
---|
4227 | </note>
|
---|
4228 |
|
---|
4229 | <para>
|
---|
4230 | The <command>VBoxManage encryptmedium</command> command is
|
---|
4231 | used to create a DEK encrypted medium. See
|
---|
4232 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />. When starting an
|
---|
4233 | encrypted VM from the &product-name; GUI, the user will be
|
---|
4234 | prompted for the encryption password.
|
---|
4235 | </para>
|
---|
4236 |
|
---|
4237 | <para>
|
---|
4238 | For a headless encrypted VM start, use the following command:
|
---|
4239 | </para>
|
---|
4240 |
|
---|
4241 | <screen>
|
---|
4242 | VBoxManage startvm "vmname" --type headless
|
---|
4243 | </screen>
|
---|
4244 |
|
---|
4245 | <para>
|
---|
4246 | Then supply the required encryption password as follows:
|
---|
4247 | </para>
|
---|
4248 |
|
---|
4249 | <screen>
|
---|
4250 | VBoxManage "vmname" controlvm "vmname" addencpassword ...
|
---|
4251 | </screen>
|
---|
4252 |
|
---|
4253 | <para></para>
|
---|
4254 | </listitem>
|
---|
4255 |
|
---|
4256 | <listitem>
|
---|
4257 | <para>
|
---|
4258 | <computeroutput>removeencpassword <id></computeroutput>:
|
---|
4259 | Removes encryption password authorization for password
|
---|
4260 | <id> for all encrypted media attached to the VM.
|
---|
4261 | </para>
|
---|
4262 | </listitem>
|
---|
4263 |
|
---|
4264 | <listitem>
|
---|
4265 | <para>
|
---|
4266 | <computeroutput>removeallencpasswords</computeroutput>:
|
---|
4267 | Removes encryption password authorization for all passwords
|
---|
4268 | for all encrypted media attached to the VM.
|
---|
4269 | </para>
|
---|
4270 | </listitem>
|
---|
4271 |
|
---|
4272 | <listitem>
|
---|
4273 | <para>
|
---|
4274 | <computeroutput>changeuartmode <1-N></computeroutput>:
|
---|
4275 | Changes the connection mode for a given virtual serial port.
|
---|
4276 | </para>
|
---|
4277 | </listitem>
|
---|
4278 |
|
---|
4279 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4280 |
|
---|
4281 | </sect1>
|
---|
4282 |
|
---|
4283 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-discardstate">
|
---|
4284 |
|
---|
4285 | <title>VBoxManage discardstate</title>
|
---|
4286 |
|
---|
4287 | <para>
|
---|
4288 | This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which
|
---|
4289 | is not currently running. This will cause the VM's operating
|
---|
4290 | system to restart next time you start it. This is the equivalent
|
---|
4291 | of pulling out the power cable on a physical machine, and should
|
---|
4292 | be avoided if possible.
|
---|
4293 | </para>
|
---|
4294 |
|
---|
4295 | </sect1>
|
---|
4296 |
|
---|
4297 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-adoptstate">
|
---|
4298 |
|
---|
4299 | <title>VBoxManage adoptstate</title>
|
---|
4300 |
|
---|
4301 | <para>
|
---|
4302 | If you have a Saved state file
|
---|
4303 | (<computeroutput>.sav</computeroutput>) that is separate from the
|
---|
4304 | VM configuration, you can use this command to
|
---|
4305 | <emphasis>adopt</emphasis> the file. This will change the VM to
|
---|
4306 | saved state and when you start it, &product-name; will attempt to
|
---|
4307 | restore it from the saved state file you indicated. This command
|
---|
4308 | should only be used in special setups.
|
---|
4309 | </para>
|
---|
4310 |
|
---|
4311 | </sect1>
|
---|
4312 |
|
---|
4313 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-snapshot">
|
---|
4314 |
|
---|
4315 | <title>VBoxManage snapshot</title>
|
---|
4316 |
|
---|
4317 | <para>
|
---|
4318 | This command is used to control snapshots from the command line. A
|
---|
4319 | snapshot consists of a complete copy of the virtual machine
|
---|
4320 | settings, copied at the time when the snapshot was taken, and
|
---|
4321 | optionally a virtual machine saved state file if the snapshot was
|
---|
4322 | taken while the machine was running. After a snapshot has been
|
---|
4323 | taken, &product-name; creates a differencing hard disk for each
|
---|
4324 | normal hard disk associated with the machine so that when a
|
---|
4325 | snapshot is restored, the contents of the virtual machine's
|
---|
4326 | virtual hard disks can be quickly reset by simply dropping the
|
---|
4327 | preexisting differencing files.
|
---|
4328 | </para>
|
---|
4329 |
|
---|
4330 | <screen>VBoxManage snapshot <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4331 | take <name> [--description <desc>] [--live]
|
---|
4332 | [--uniquename Number,Timestamp,Space,Force] |
|
---|
4333 | delete <uuid|snapname> |
|
---|
4334 | restore <uuid|snapname> |
|
---|
4335 | restorecurrent |
|
---|
4336 | edit <uuid|snapname>|--current
|
---|
4337 | [--name <name>]
|
---|
4338 | [--description <desc>] |
|
---|
4339 | list [--details|--machinereadable]
|
---|
4340 | showvminfo <uuid|snapname></screen>
|
---|
4341 |
|
---|
4342 | <para>
|
---|
4343 | The <command>take</command> operation takes a snapshot of the
|
---|
4344 | current state of the virtual machine. You must supply a name for
|
---|
4345 | the snapshot and can optionally supply a description. The new
|
---|
4346 | snapshot is inserted into the snapshots tree as a child of the
|
---|
4347 | current snapshot and then becomes the new current snapshot. The
|
---|
4348 | <computeroutput>--description</computeroutput> parameter enables
|
---|
4349 | you to describe the snapshot. If
|
---|
4350 | <computeroutput>--live</computeroutput> is specified, the VM will
|
---|
4351 | not be stopped during the snapshot creation. This is called live
|
---|
4352 | snapshotting.
|
---|
4353 | </para>
|
---|
4354 |
|
---|
4355 | <para>
|
---|
4356 | The <command>delete</command> operation deletes a snapshot,
|
---|
4357 | specified by name or by UUID. This can take a while to finish
|
---|
4358 | since the differencing images associated with the snapshot might
|
---|
4359 | need to be merged with their child differencing images.
|
---|
4360 | </para>
|
---|
4361 |
|
---|
4362 | <para>
|
---|
4363 | The <command>restore</command> operation will restore the given
|
---|
4364 | snapshot, specified by name or by UUID, by resetting the virtual
|
---|
4365 | machine's settings and current state to that of the snapshot. The
|
---|
4366 | previous current state of the machine will be lost. After this,
|
---|
4367 | the given snapshot becomes the new current snapshot so that
|
---|
4368 | subsequent snapshots are inserted under the snapshot from which
|
---|
4369 | was restored.
|
---|
4370 | </para>
|
---|
4371 |
|
---|
4372 | <para>
|
---|
4373 | The <command>restorecurrent</command> operation is a shortcut to
|
---|
4374 | restore the current snapshot, which is the snapshot from which the
|
---|
4375 | current state is derived. This subcommand is equivalent to using
|
---|
4376 | the <command>restore</command> subcommand with the name or UUID of
|
---|
4377 | the current snapshot, except that it avoids the extra step of
|
---|
4378 | determining that name or UUID.
|
---|
4379 | </para>
|
---|
4380 |
|
---|
4381 | <para>
|
---|
4382 | With the <command>edit</command> operation, you can change the
|
---|
4383 | name or description of an existing snapshot.
|
---|
4384 | </para>
|
---|
4385 |
|
---|
4386 | <para>
|
---|
4387 | The <command>list</command> operation shows all snapshots of a
|
---|
4388 | virtual machine.
|
---|
4389 | </para>
|
---|
4390 |
|
---|
4391 | <para>
|
---|
4392 | With the <command>showvminfo</command> operation, you can view the
|
---|
4393 | virtual machine settings that were stored with an existing
|
---|
4394 | snapshot.
|
---|
4395 | </para>
|
---|
4396 |
|
---|
4397 | </sect1>
|
---|
4398 |
|
---|
4399 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-closemedium">
|
---|
4400 |
|
---|
4401 | <title>VBoxManage closemedium</title>
|
---|
4402 |
|
---|
4403 | <para>
|
---|
4404 | This command removes a hard disk, DVD, or floppy image from a
|
---|
4405 | &product-name; media registry.
|
---|
4406 | </para>
|
---|
4407 |
|
---|
4408 | <screen>VBoxManage closemedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename>
|
---|
4409 | [--delete]</screen>
|
---|
4410 |
|
---|
4411 | <para>
|
---|
4412 | Optionally, you can request that the image be deleted. You will
|
---|
4413 | get appropriate diagnostics that the deletion failed, however the
|
---|
4414 | image will become unregistered in any case.
|
---|
4415 | </para>
|
---|
4416 |
|
---|
4417 | </sect1>
|
---|
4418 |
|
---|
4419 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-storageattach">
|
---|
4420 |
|
---|
4421 | <title>VBoxManage storageattach</title>
|
---|
4422 |
|
---|
4423 | <para>
|
---|
4424 | This command attaches, modifies, and removes a storage medium
|
---|
4425 | connected to a storage controller that was previously added with
|
---|
4426 | the <command>storagectl</command> command. The syntax is as
|
---|
4427 | follows:
|
---|
4428 | </para>
|
---|
4429 |
|
---|
4430 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4431 | --storagectl <name>
|
---|
4432 | [--port <number>]
|
---|
4433 | [--device <number>]
|
---|
4434 | [--type dvddrive|hdd|fdd]
|
---|
4435 | [--medium none|emptydrive|additions|
|
---|
4436 | <uuid>|<filename>|host:<drive>|iscsi]
|
---|
4437 | [--mtype normal|writethrough|immutable|shareable
|
---|
4438 | readonly|multiattach]
|
---|
4439 | [--comment <text>]
|
---|
4440 | [--setuuid <uuid>]
|
---|
4441 | [--setparentuuid <uuid>]
|
---|
4442 | [--passthrough on|off]
|
---|
4443 | [--tempeject on|off]
|
---|
4444 | [--nonrotational on|off]
|
---|
4445 | [--discard on|off]
|
---|
4446 | [--hotpluggable on|off]
|
---|
4447 | [--bandwidthgroup name|none]
|
---|
4448 | [--forceunmount]
|
---|
4449 | [--server <name>|<ip>]
|
---|
4450 | [--target <target>]
|
---|
4451 | [--tport <port>]
|
---|
4452 | [--lun <lun>]
|
---|
4453 | [--encodedlun <lun>]
|
---|
4454 | [--username <username>]
|
---|
4455 | [--password <password>]
|
---|
4456 | [--passwordfile <file>]
|
---|
4457 | [--initiator <initiator>]
|
---|
4458 | [--intnet]</screen>
|
---|
4459 |
|
---|
4460 | <para>
|
---|
4461 | A number of parameters are commonly required. Some parameters are
|
---|
4462 | required only for iSCSI targets.
|
---|
4463 | </para>
|
---|
4464 |
|
---|
4465 | <para>
|
---|
4466 | The common parameters are as follows:
|
---|
4467 | </para>
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4470 |
|
---|
4471 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4472 | <term>
|
---|
4473 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
4474 | </term>
|
---|
4475 |
|
---|
4476 | <listitem>
|
---|
4477 | <para>
|
---|
4478 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
4479 | </para>
|
---|
4480 | </listitem>
|
---|
4481 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4482 |
|
---|
4483 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4484 | <term>
|
---|
4485 | <computeroutput>--storagectl</computeroutput>
|
---|
4486 | </term>
|
---|
4487 |
|
---|
4488 | <listitem>
|
---|
4489 | <para>
|
---|
4490 | Name of the storage controller. Mandatory. The list of the
|
---|
4491 | storage controllers currently attached to a VM can be
|
---|
4492 | obtained with <command>VBoxManage showvminfo</command>. See
|
---|
4493 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo" />.
|
---|
4494 | </para>
|
---|
4495 | </listitem>
|
---|
4496 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4497 |
|
---|
4498 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4499 | <term>
|
---|
4500 | <computeroutput>--port</computeroutput>
|
---|
4501 | </term>
|
---|
4502 |
|
---|
4503 | <listitem>
|
---|
4504 | <para>
|
---|
4505 | The number of the storage controller's port which is to be
|
---|
4506 | modified. Mandatory, unless the storage controller has only
|
---|
4507 | a single port.
|
---|
4508 | </para>
|
---|
4509 | </listitem>
|
---|
4510 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4511 |
|
---|
4512 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4513 | <term>
|
---|
4514 | <computeroutput>--device</computeroutput>
|
---|
4515 | </term>
|
---|
4516 |
|
---|
4517 | <listitem>
|
---|
4518 | <para>
|
---|
4519 | The number of the port's device which is to be modified.
|
---|
4520 | Mandatory, unless the storage controller has only a single
|
---|
4521 | device per port.
|
---|
4522 | </para>
|
---|
4523 | </listitem>
|
---|
4524 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4525 |
|
---|
4526 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4527 | <term>
|
---|
4528 | <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput>
|
---|
4529 | </term>
|
---|
4530 |
|
---|
4531 | <listitem>
|
---|
4532 | <para>
|
---|
4533 | Define the type of the drive to which the medium is being
|
---|
4534 | attached, detached, or modified. This argument can only be
|
---|
4535 | omitted if the type of medium can be determined from either
|
---|
4536 | the medium given with the
|
---|
4537 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput> argument or from a
|
---|
4538 | previous medium attachment.
|
---|
4539 | </para>
|
---|
4540 | </listitem>
|
---|
4541 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4542 |
|
---|
4543 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4544 | <term>
|
---|
4545 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput>
|
---|
4546 | </term>
|
---|
4547 |
|
---|
4548 | <listitem>
|
---|
4549 | <para>
|
---|
4550 | Specifies what is to be attached. The following values are
|
---|
4551 | supported:
|
---|
4552 | </para>
|
---|
4553 |
|
---|
4554 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4555 |
|
---|
4556 | <listitem>
|
---|
4557 | <para>
|
---|
4558 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput>: Any existing
|
---|
4559 | device should be removed from the given slot.
|
---|
4560 | </para>
|
---|
4561 | </listitem>
|
---|
4562 |
|
---|
4563 | <listitem>
|
---|
4564 | <para>
|
---|
4565 | <computeroutput>emptydrive</computeroutput>: For a
|
---|
4566 | virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this makes the device
|
---|
4567 | slot behave like a removeable drive into which no media
|
---|
4568 | has been inserted.
|
---|
4569 | </para>
|
---|
4570 | </listitem>
|
---|
4571 |
|
---|
4572 | <listitem>
|
---|
4573 | <para>
|
---|
4574 | <computeroutput>additions</computeroutput>: For a
|
---|
4575 | virtual DVD drive only, this attaches the
|
---|
4576 | <emphasis>VirtualBox Guest Additions</emphasis> image to
|
---|
4577 | the given device slot.
|
---|
4578 | </para>
|
---|
4579 | </listitem>
|
---|
4580 |
|
---|
4581 | <listitem>
|
---|
4582 | <para>
|
---|
4583 | If a UUID is specified, it must be the UUID of a storage
|
---|
4584 | medium that is already known to &product-name;. For
|
---|
4585 | example, because it has been attached to another virtual
|
---|
4586 | machine. See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" /> for
|
---|
4587 | details of how to list known media. This medium is then
|
---|
4588 | attached to the given device slot.
|
---|
4589 | </para>
|
---|
4590 | </listitem>
|
---|
4591 |
|
---|
4592 | <listitem>
|
---|
4593 | <para>
|
---|
4594 | If a filename is specified, it must be the full path of
|
---|
4595 | an existing disk image in ISO, RAW, VDI, VMDK, or other
|
---|
4596 | format. The disk image is then attached to the given
|
---|
4597 | device slot.
|
---|
4598 | </para>
|
---|
4599 | </listitem>
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | <listitem>
|
---|
4602 | <para>
|
---|
4603 | <computeroutput>host:<drive></computeroutput>: For
|
---|
4604 | a virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this connects the
|
---|
4605 | given device slot to the specified DVD or floppy drive
|
---|
4606 | on the host computer.
|
---|
4607 | </para>
|
---|
4608 | </listitem>
|
---|
4609 |
|
---|
4610 | <listitem>
|
---|
4611 | <para>
|
---|
4612 | <computeroutput>iscsi</computeroutput>: For virtual hard
|
---|
4613 | disks only, this is used for specifying an iSCSI target.
|
---|
4614 | In this case, additional parameters must be given. These
|
---|
4615 | are described below.
|
---|
4616 | </para>
|
---|
4617 | </listitem>
|
---|
4618 |
|
---|
4619 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4620 |
|
---|
4621 | <para>
|
---|
4622 | Some of the above changes, in particular for removeable
|
---|
4623 | media such as floppies and CDs/DVDs, can be effected while a
|
---|
4624 | VM is running. Others, such as device changes or changes in
|
---|
4625 | hard disk device slots, require the VM to be powered off.
|
---|
4626 | </para>
|
---|
4627 | </listitem>
|
---|
4628 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4629 |
|
---|
4630 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4631 | <term>
|
---|
4632 | <computeroutput>--mtype</computeroutput>
|
---|
4633 | </term>
|
---|
4634 |
|
---|
4635 | <listitem>
|
---|
4636 | <para>
|
---|
4637 | Defines how this medium behaves with respect to snapshots
|
---|
4638 | and write operations. See <xref linkend="hdimagewrites" />.
|
---|
4639 | </para>
|
---|
4640 | </listitem>
|
---|
4641 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4642 |
|
---|
4643 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4644 | <term>
|
---|
4645 | <computeroutput>--comment</computeroutput>
|
---|
4646 | </term>
|
---|
4647 |
|
---|
4648 | <listitem>
|
---|
4649 | <para>
|
---|
4650 | An optional description that you want to have stored with
|
---|
4651 | this medium. For example, for an iSCSI target, "Big storage
|
---|
4652 | server downstairs". This is purely descriptive and not
|
---|
4653 | needed for the medium to function correctly.
|
---|
4654 | </para>
|
---|
4655 | </listitem>
|
---|
4656 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4657 |
|
---|
4658 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4659 | <term>
|
---|
4660 | <computeroutput>--setuuid, --setparentuuid</computeroutput>
|
---|
4661 | </term>
|
---|
4662 |
|
---|
4663 | <listitem>
|
---|
4664 | <para>
|
---|
4665 | Modifies the UUID or parent UUID of a medium before
|
---|
4666 | attaching it to a VM. This is an expert option.
|
---|
4667 | Inappropriate use can make the medium unusable or lead to
|
---|
4668 | broken VM configurations if any other VM is referring to the
|
---|
4669 | same media already. The most frequently used variant is
|
---|
4670 | <computeroutput>--setuuid ""</computeroutput>, which assigns
|
---|
4671 | a new random UUID to an image. This option is useful for
|
---|
4672 | resolving duplicate UUID errors if you duplicated an image
|
---|
4673 | using a file copy utility.
|
---|
4674 | </para>
|
---|
4675 | </listitem>
|
---|
4676 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4677 |
|
---|
4678 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4679 | <term>
|
---|
4680 | <computeroutput>--passthrough</computeroutput>
|
---|
4681 | </term>
|
---|
4682 |
|
---|
4683 | <listitem>
|
---|
4684 | <para>
|
---|
4685 | For a virtual DVD drive only, you can enable DVD writing
|
---|
4686 | support. This feature is currently experimental, see
|
---|
4687 | <xref
|
---|
4688 | linkend="storage-cds" />.
|
---|
4689 | </para>
|
---|
4690 | </listitem>
|
---|
4691 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4692 |
|
---|
4693 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4694 | <term>
|
---|
4695 | <computeroutput>--tempeject</computeroutput>
|
---|
4696 | </term>
|
---|
4697 |
|
---|
4698 | <listitem>
|
---|
4699 | <para>
|
---|
4700 | For a virtual DVD drive only, you can configure the behavior
|
---|
4701 | for guest-triggered medium eject. If this is set to on, the
|
---|
4702 | eject has only a temporary effect. If the VM is powered off
|
---|
4703 | and restarted the originally configured medium will be still
|
---|
4704 | in the drive.
|
---|
4705 | </para>
|
---|
4706 | </listitem>
|
---|
4707 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4708 |
|
---|
4709 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4710 | <term>
|
---|
4711 | <computeroutput>--nonrotational</computeroutput>
|
---|
4712 | </term>
|
---|
4713 |
|
---|
4714 | <listitem>
|
---|
4715 | <para>
|
---|
4716 | Enables you to enable the non-rotational flag for virtual
|
---|
4717 | hard disks. Some guests, such as Windows 7 or later, treat
|
---|
4718 | such disks like SSDs and do not perform disk fragmentation
|
---|
4719 | on such media.
|
---|
4720 | </para>
|
---|
4721 | </listitem>
|
---|
4722 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4723 |
|
---|
4724 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4725 | <term>
|
---|
4726 | <computeroutput>--discard</computeroutput>
|
---|
4727 | </term>
|
---|
4728 |
|
---|
4729 | <listitem>
|
---|
4730 | <para>
|
---|
4731 | Enables the auto-discard feature for a virtual hard disks.
|
---|
4732 | This specifies that a VDI image will be shrunk in response
|
---|
4733 | to the trim command from the guest OS. The following
|
---|
4734 | requirements must be met:
|
---|
4735 | </para>
|
---|
4736 |
|
---|
4737 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4738 |
|
---|
4739 | <listitem>
|
---|
4740 | <para>
|
---|
4741 | The disk format must be VDI.
|
---|
4742 | </para>
|
---|
4743 | </listitem>
|
---|
4744 |
|
---|
4745 | <listitem>
|
---|
4746 | <para>
|
---|
4747 | The size of the cleared area must be at least 1 MB.
|
---|
4748 | </para>
|
---|
4749 | </listitem>
|
---|
4750 |
|
---|
4751 | <listitem>
|
---|
4752 | <para>
|
---|
4753 | &product-name; will only trim whole 1 MB blocks. The
|
---|
4754 | VDIs themselves are organized into 1 MB blocks, so this
|
---|
4755 | will only work if the space being trimmed is at least a
|
---|
4756 | 1 MB contiguous block at a 1 MB boundary. On Windows,
|
---|
4757 | occasional defragmentation with <command>defrag.exe
|
---|
4758 | /D</command>, or on Linux running <command>btrfs
|
---|
4759 | filesystem defrag</command> as a background cron job may
|
---|
4760 | be beneficial.
|
---|
4761 | </para>
|
---|
4762 | </listitem>
|
---|
4763 |
|
---|
4764 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4765 |
|
---|
4766 | <note>
|
---|
4767 | <para>
|
---|
4768 | The Guest OS must be configured to issue the
|
---|
4769 | <command>trim</command> command, and typically this means
|
---|
4770 | that the guest OS is made to see the disk as an SSD. Ext4
|
---|
4771 | supports the -o discard mount flag. Mac OS X probably
|
---|
4772 | requires additional settings. Windows should automatically
|
---|
4773 | detect and support SSDs, at least in versions 7, 8, and
|
---|
4774 | 10. The Linux exFAT driver from Samsung supports the
|
---|
4775 | <command>trim</command> command.
|
---|
4776 | </para>
|
---|
4777 | </note>
|
---|
4778 |
|
---|
4779 | <para>
|
---|
4780 | It is unclear whether Microsoft's implementation of exFAT
|
---|
4781 | supports this feature, even though that file system was
|
---|
4782 | originally designed for flash.
|
---|
4783 | </para>
|
---|
4784 |
|
---|
4785 | <para>
|
---|
4786 | Alternatively, there are other methods to issue trim. For
|
---|
4787 | example, the Linux <command>fstrim</command> command, part
|
---|
4788 | of the util-linux package. Earlier solutions required a user
|
---|
4789 | to zero out unused areas, using zerofree or similar, and to
|
---|
4790 | compact the disk. This is only possible when the VM is
|
---|
4791 | offline.
|
---|
4792 | </para>
|
---|
4793 | </listitem>
|
---|
4794 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4795 |
|
---|
4796 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4797 | <term>
|
---|
4798 | <computeroutput>--bandwidthgroup</computeroutput>
|
---|
4799 | </term>
|
---|
4800 |
|
---|
4801 | <listitem>
|
---|
4802 | <para>
|
---|
4803 | Sets the bandwidth group to use for the given device. See
|
---|
4804 | <xref linkend="storage-bandwidth-limit" />.
|
---|
4805 | </para>
|
---|
4806 | </listitem>
|
---|
4807 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4808 |
|
---|
4809 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4810 | <term>
|
---|
4811 | <computeroutput>--forceunmount</computeroutput>
|
---|
4812 | </term>
|
---|
4813 |
|
---|
4814 | <listitem>
|
---|
4815 | <para>
|
---|
4816 | For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this forcibly
|
---|
4817 | unmounts the DVD/CD/Floppy or mounts a new DVD/CD/Floppy
|
---|
4818 | even if the previous one is locked down by the guest for
|
---|
4819 | reading. See <xref linkend="storage-cds" />.
|
---|
4820 | </para>
|
---|
4821 | </listitem>
|
---|
4822 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4823 |
|
---|
4824 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4825 |
|
---|
4826 | <para>
|
---|
4827 | When <computeroutput>iscsi</computeroutput> is used with the
|
---|
4828 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput> parameter for iSCSI
|
---|
4829 | support, additional parameters must or can be used. See also
|
---|
4830 | <xref linkend="storage-iscsi" />.
|
---|
4831 | </para>
|
---|
4832 |
|
---|
4833 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4834 |
|
---|
4835 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4836 | <term>
|
---|
4837 | <computeroutput>--server</computeroutput>
|
---|
4838 | </term>
|
---|
4839 |
|
---|
4840 | <listitem>
|
---|
4841 | <para>
|
---|
4842 | The host name or IP address of the iSCSI target. Required.
|
---|
4843 | </para>
|
---|
4844 | </listitem>
|
---|
4845 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4846 |
|
---|
4847 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4848 | <term>
|
---|
4849 | <computeroutput>--target</computeroutput>
|
---|
4850 | </term>
|
---|
4851 |
|
---|
4852 | <listitem>
|
---|
4853 | <para>
|
---|
4854 | Target name string. This is determined by the iSCSI target
|
---|
4855 | and used to identify the storage resource. Required.
|
---|
4856 | </para>
|
---|
4857 | </listitem>
|
---|
4858 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4859 |
|
---|
4860 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4861 | <term>
|
---|
4862 | <computeroutput>--tport</computeroutput>
|
---|
4863 | </term>
|
---|
4864 |
|
---|
4865 | <listitem>
|
---|
4866 | <para>
|
---|
4867 | TCP/IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target.
|
---|
4868 | Optional.
|
---|
4869 | </para>
|
---|
4870 | </listitem>
|
---|
4871 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4872 |
|
---|
4873 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4874 | <term>
|
---|
4875 | <computeroutput>--lun</computeroutput>
|
---|
4876 | </term>
|
---|
4877 |
|
---|
4878 | <listitem>
|
---|
4879 | <para>
|
---|
4880 | Logical Unit Number of the target resource. Optional. Often,
|
---|
4881 | this value is zero.
|
---|
4882 | </para>
|
---|
4883 | </listitem>
|
---|
4884 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4885 |
|
---|
4886 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4887 | <term>
|
---|
4888 | <computeroutput>--encodedlun</computeroutput>
|
---|
4889 | </term>
|
---|
4890 |
|
---|
4891 | <listitem>
|
---|
4892 | <para>
|
---|
4893 | Hex-encoded Logical Unit Number of the target resource.
|
---|
4894 | Optional. Often, this value is zero.
|
---|
4895 | </para>
|
---|
4896 | </listitem>
|
---|
4897 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4898 |
|
---|
4899 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4900 | <term>
|
---|
4901 | <computeroutput>--username, --password,
|
---|
4902 | --passwordfile</computeroutput>
|
---|
4903 | </term>
|
---|
4904 |
|
---|
4905 | <listitem>
|
---|
4906 | <para>
|
---|
4907 | Username and password, called the initiator secret, for
|
---|
4908 | target authentication, if required. Optional.
|
---|
4909 | </para>
|
---|
4910 |
|
---|
4911 | <note>
|
---|
4912 | <para>
|
---|
4913 | Username and password are stored without encryption, in
|
---|
4914 | clear text, in the XML machine configuration file if no
|
---|
4915 | settings password is provided. When a settings password is
|
---|
4916 | specified for the first time, the password is stored in
|
---|
4917 | encrypted form. As an alternative to providing the
|
---|
4918 | password on the command line, a reference to a file
|
---|
4919 | containing the text can be provided using the
|
---|
4920 | <computeroutput>passwordfile</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
4921 | </para>
|
---|
4922 | </note>
|
---|
4923 | </listitem>
|
---|
4924 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4925 |
|
---|
4926 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4927 | <term>
|
---|
4928 | <computeroutput>--initiator</computeroutput>
|
---|
4929 | </term>
|
---|
4930 |
|
---|
4931 | <listitem>
|
---|
4932 | <para>
|
---|
4933 | iSCSI Initiator. Optional.
|
---|
4934 | </para>
|
---|
4935 |
|
---|
4936 | <para>
|
---|
4937 | Microsoft iSCSI Initiator is a system, such as a server that
|
---|
4938 | attaches to an IP network and initiates requests and
|
---|
4939 | receives responses from an iSCSI target. The SAN components
|
---|
4940 | in Microsoft iSCSI Initiator are largely analogous to Fibre
|
---|
4941 | Channel SAN components, and they include the following:
|
---|
4942 | </para>
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4945 |
|
---|
4946 | <listitem>
|
---|
4947 | <para>
|
---|
4948 | To transport blocks of iSCSI commands over the IP
|
---|
4949 | network, an iSCSI driver must be installed on the iSCSI
|
---|
4950 | host. An iSCSI driver is included with Microsoft iSCSI
|
---|
4951 | Initiator.
|
---|
4952 | </para>
|
---|
4953 | </listitem>
|
---|
4954 |
|
---|
4955 | <listitem>
|
---|
4956 | <para>
|
---|
4957 | A gigabit Ethernet adapter that transmits 1000 megabits
|
---|
4958 | per second (Mbps) is recommended for the connection to
|
---|
4959 | an iSCSI target. Like standard 10/100 adapters, most
|
---|
4960 | gigabit adapters use a preexisting Category 5 or
|
---|
4961 | Category 6E cable. Each port on the adapter is
|
---|
4962 | identified by a unique IP address.
|
---|
4963 | </para>
|
---|
4964 | </listitem>
|
---|
4965 |
|
---|
4966 | <listitem>
|
---|
4967 | <para>
|
---|
4968 | An iSCSI target is any device that receives iSCSI
|
---|
4969 | commands. The device can be an end node, such as a
|
---|
4970 | storage device, or it can be an intermediate device,
|
---|
4971 | such as a network bridge between IP and Fibre Channel
|
---|
4972 | devices. Each port on the storage array controller or
|
---|
4973 | network bridge is identified by one or more IP addresses
|
---|
4974 | </para>
|
---|
4975 | </listitem>
|
---|
4976 |
|
---|
4977 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4978 | </listitem>
|
---|
4979 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4980 |
|
---|
4981 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4982 | <term>
|
---|
4983 | <computeroutput>--intnet</computeroutput>
|
---|
4984 | </term>
|
---|
4985 |
|
---|
4986 | <listitem>
|
---|
4987 | <para>
|
---|
4988 | If specified, connect to the iSCSI target using Internal
|
---|
4989 | Networking. This needs further configuration, see
|
---|
4990 | <xref linkend="iscsi-intnet" />.
|
---|
4991 | </para>
|
---|
4992 | </listitem>
|
---|
4993 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4994 |
|
---|
4995 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4996 |
|
---|
4997 | </sect1>
|
---|
4998 |
|
---|
4999 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-storagectl">
|
---|
5000 |
|
---|
5001 | <title>VBoxManage storagectl</title>
|
---|
5002 |
|
---|
5003 | <para>
|
---|
5004 | This command attaches, modifies, and removes a storage controller.
|
---|
5005 | After this, virtual media can be attached to the controller with
|
---|
5006 | the <command>storageattach</command> command.
|
---|
5007 | </para>
|
---|
5008 |
|
---|
5009 | <para>
|
---|
5010 | The syntax for this command is as follows:
|
---|
5011 | </para>
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | <screen>VBoxManage storagectl <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
5014 | --name <name>
|
---|
5015 | [--add ide|sata|scsi|floppy|sas|usb|pcie]
|
---|
5016 | [--controller LSILogic|LSILogicSAS|BusLogic|
|
---|
5017 | IntelAhci|PIIX3|PIIX4|ICH6|I82078|
|
---|
5018 | USB|NVMe]
|
---|
5019 | [--portcount <1-30>]
|
---|
5020 | [--hostiocache on|off]
|
---|
5021 | [--bootable on|off]
|
---|
5022 | [--rename <name>]
|
---|
5023 | [--remove]</screen>
|
---|
5024 |
|
---|
5025 | <para>
|
---|
5026 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5027 | </para>
|
---|
5028 |
|
---|
5029 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5030 |
|
---|
5031 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5032 | <term>
|
---|
5033 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
5034 | </term>
|
---|
5035 |
|
---|
5036 | <listitem>
|
---|
5037 | <para>
|
---|
5038 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
5039 | </para>
|
---|
5040 | </listitem>
|
---|
5041 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5042 |
|
---|
5043 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5044 | <term>
|
---|
5045 | <computeroutput>--name</computeroutput>
|
---|
5046 | </term>
|
---|
5047 |
|
---|
5048 | <listitem>
|
---|
5049 | <para>
|
---|
5050 | Specifies the name of the storage controller. Mandatory.
|
---|
5051 | </para>
|
---|
5052 | </listitem>
|
---|
5053 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5054 |
|
---|
5055 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5056 | <term>
|
---|
5057 | <computeroutput>--add</computeroutput>
|
---|
5058 | </term>
|
---|
5059 |
|
---|
5060 | <listitem>
|
---|
5061 | <para>
|
---|
5062 | Specifies the type of the system bus to which the storage
|
---|
5063 | controller must be connected.
|
---|
5064 | </para>
|
---|
5065 | </listitem>
|
---|
5066 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5067 |
|
---|
5068 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5069 | <term>
|
---|
5070 | <computeroutput>--controller</computeroutput>
|
---|
5071 | </term>
|
---|
5072 |
|
---|
5073 | <listitem>
|
---|
5074 | <para>
|
---|
5075 | Enables a choice of chipset type being emulated for the
|
---|
5076 | given storage controller.
|
---|
5077 | </para>
|
---|
5078 | </listitem>
|
---|
5079 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5080 |
|
---|
5081 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5082 | <term>
|
---|
5083 | <computeroutput>--portcount</computeroutput>
|
---|
5084 | </term>
|
---|
5085 |
|
---|
5086 | <listitem>
|
---|
5087 | <para>
|
---|
5088 | This specifies the number of ports the storage controller
|
---|
5089 | should support.
|
---|
5090 | </para>
|
---|
5091 | </listitem>
|
---|
5092 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5093 |
|
---|
5094 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5095 | <term>
|
---|
5096 | <computeroutput>--hostiocache</computeroutput>
|
---|
5097 | </term>
|
---|
5098 |
|
---|
5099 | <listitem>
|
---|
5100 | <para>
|
---|
5101 | Configures the use of the host I/O cache for all disk images
|
---|
5102 | attached to this storage controller. See
|
---|
5103 | <xref
|
---|
5104 | linkend="iocaching" />.
|
---|
5105 | </para>
|
---|
5106 | </listitem>
|
---|
5107 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5108 |
|
---|
5109 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5110 | <term>
|
---|
5111 | <computeroutput>--bootable</computeroutput>
|
---|
5112 | </term>
|
---|
5113 |
|
---|
5114 | <listitem>
|
---|
5115 | <para>
|
---|
5116 | Specifies whether this controller is bootable.
|
---|
5117 | </para>
|
---|
5118 | </listitem>
|
---|
5119 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5120 |
|
---|
5121 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5122 | <term>
|
---|
5123 | <computeroutput>--rename</computeroutput>
|
---|
5124 | </term>
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | <listitem>
|
---|
5127 | <para>
|
---|
5128 | Specifies a new name for the storage controller.
|
---|
5129 | </para>
|
---|
5130 | </listitem>
|
---|
5131 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5132 |
|
---|
5133 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5134 | <term>
|
---|
5135 | <computeroutput>--remove</computeroutput>
|
---|
5136 | </term>
|
---|
5137 |
|
---|
5138 | <listitem>
|
---|
5139 | <para>
|
---|
5140 | Removes the storage controller from the VM configuration.
|
---|
5141 | </para>
|
---|
5142 | </listitem>
|
---|
5143 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5144 |
|
---|
5145 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5146 |
|
---|
5147 | </sect1>
|
---|
5148 |
|
---|
5149 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-bandwidthctl">
|
---|
5150 |
|
---|
5151 | <title>VBoxManage bandwidthctl</title>
|
---|
5152 |
|
---|
5153 | <para>
|
---|
5154 | This command creates, deletes, modifies, and shows bandwidth
|
---|
5155 | groups of the given virtual machine.
|
---|
5156 | </para>
|
---|
5157 |
|
---|
5158 | <screen>VBoxManage bandwidthctl <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
5159 | add <name> --type disk|network --limit <MBps>[k|m|g|K|M|G] |
|
---|
5160 | set <name> --limit <MBps>[k|m|g|K|M|G] |
|
---|
5161 | remove <name> |
|
---|
5162 | list [--machinereadable]</screen>
|
---|
5163 |
|
---|
5164 | <para>
|
---|
5165 | The following subcommands are available:
|
---|
5166 | </para>
|
---|
5167 |
|
---|
5168 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5169 |
|
---|
5170 | <listitem>
|
---|
5171 | <para>
|
---|
5172 | <command>add</command>: Creates a new bandwidth group of a
|
---|
5173 | given type.
|
---|
5174 | </para>
|
---|
5175 | </listitem>
|
---|
5176 |
|
---|
5177 | <listitem>
|
---|
5178 | <para>
|
---|
5179 | <command>set</command>: Modifies the limit for an existing
|
---|
5180 | bandwidth group.
|
---|
5181 | </para>
|
---|
5182 | </listitem>
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | <listitem>
|
---|
5185 | <para>
|
---|
5186 | <command>remove</command>: Deletes a bandwidth group.
|
---|
5187 | </para>
|
---|
5188 | </listitem>
|
---|
5189 |
|
---|
5190 | <listitem>
|
---|
5191 | <para>
|
---|
5192 | <command>list</command>: Shows all bandwidth groups defined
|
---|
5193 | for the given VM. Use the
|
---|
5194 | <computeroutput>--machinereadable</computeroutput> option to
|
---|
5195 | produce the same output, but in machine readable format. This
|
---|
5196 | is of the form: name="value" on a line by line basis.
|
---|
5197 | </para>
|
---|
5198 | </listitem>
|
---|
5199 |
|
---|
5200 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5201 |
|
---|
5202 | <para>
|
---|
5203 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5204 | </para>
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5207 |
|
---|
5208 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5209 | <term>
|
---|
5210 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
5211 | </term>
|
---|
5212 |
|
---|
5213 | <listitem>
|
---|
5214 | <para>
|
---|
5215 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
5216 | </para>
|
---|
5217 | </listitem>
|
---|
5218 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5219 |
|
---|
5220 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5221 | <term>
|
---|
5222 | <computeroutput>--name</computeroutput>
|
---|
5223 | </term>
|
---|
5224 |
|
---|
5225 | <listitem>
|
---|
5226 | <para>
|
---|
5227 | Name of the bandwidth group. Mandatory.
|
---|
5228 | </para>
|
---|
5229 | </listitem>
|
---|
5230 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5231 |
|
---|
5232 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5233 | <term>
|
---|
5234 | <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput>
|
---|
5235 | </term>
|
---|
5236 |
|
---|
5237 | <listitem>
|
---|
5238 | <para>
|
---|
5239 | Type of the bandwidth group. Mandatory. Two types are
|
---|
5240 | supported: <computeroutput>disk</computeroutput> and
|
---|
5241 | <computeroutput>network</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
5242 | <xref linkend="storage-bandwidth-limit" /> or
|
---|
5243 | <xref linkend="network_bandwidth_limit" /> for the
|
---|
5244 | description of a particular type.
|
---|
5245 | </para>
|
---|
5246 | </listitem>
|
---|
5247 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5248 |
|
---|
5249 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5250 | <term>
|
---|
5251 | <computeroutput>--limit</computeroutput>
|
---|
5252 | </term>
|
---|
5253 |
|
---|
5254 | <listitem>
|
---|
5255 | <para>
|
---|
5256 | Specifies the limit for the given bandwidth group. This can
|
---|
5257 | be changed while the VM is running. The default unit is
|
---|
5258 | megabytes per second. The unit can be changed by specifying
|
---|
5259 | one of the following suffixes:
|
---|
5260 | <computeroutput>k</computeroutput> for kilobits per second,
|
---|
5261 | <computeroutput>m</computeroutput> for megabits per second,
|
---|
5262 | <computeroutput>g</computeroutput> for gigabits per second,
|
---|
5263 | <computeroutput>K</computeroutput> for kilobytes per second,
|
---|
5264 | <computeroutput>M</computeroutput> for megabytes per second,
|
---|
5265 | <computeroutput>G</computeroutput> for gigabytes per second.
|
---|
5266 | </para>
|
---|
5267 | </listitem>
|
---|
5268 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5269 |
|
---|
5270 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | <note>
|
---|
5273 | <para>
|
---|
5274 | The network bandwidth limits apply only to the traffic being
|
---|
5275 | sent by virtual machines. The traffic being received by VMs is
|
---|
5276 | unlimited.
|
---|
5277 | </para>
|
---|
5278 | </note>
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | <note>
|
---|
5281 | <para>
|
---|
5282 | To remove a bandwidth group it must not be referenced by any
|
---|
5283 | disks or adapters in the running VM.
|
---|
5284 | </para>
|
---|
5285 | </note>
|
---|
5286 |
|
---|
5287 | </sect1>
|
---|
5288 |
|
---|
5289 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-showmediuminfo">
|
---|
5290 |
|
---|
5291 | <title>VBoxManage showmediuminfo</title>
|
---|
5292 |
|
---|
5293 | <para>
|
---|
5294 | This command shows information about a medium, notably its size,
|
---|
5295 | its size on disk, its type, and the virtual machines which use it.
|
---|
5296 | </para>
|
---|
5297 |
|
---|
5298 | <note>
|
---|
5299 | <para>
|
---|
5300 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5301 | <command>showvdiinfo</command> command is also supported and
|
---|
5302 | mapped internally to the <command>showmediuminfo</command>
|
---|
5303 | command.
|
---|
5304 | </para>
|
---|
5305 | </note>
|
---|
5306 |
|
---|
5307 | <screen>VBoxManage showmediuminfo [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename></screen>
|
---|
5308 |
|
---|
5309 | <para>
|
---|
5310 | The medium must be specified either by its UUID, if the medium is
|
---|
5311 | registered, or by its filename. Registered images can be listed
|
---|
5312 | using <command>VBoxManage list hdds</command>, <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
5313 | list dvds</command>, or <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
5314 | floppies</command>, as appropriate. See
|
---|
5315 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />.
|
---|
5316 | </para>
|
---|
5317 |
|
---|
5318 | </sect1>
|
---|
5319 |
|
---|
5320 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-createmedium">
|
---|
5321 |
|
---|
5322 | <title>VBoxManage createmedium</title>
|
---|
5323 |
|
---|
5324 | <para>
|
---|
5325 | This command creates a new medium. The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5326 | </para>
|
---|
5327 |
|
---|
5328 | <screen>VBoxManage createmedium [disk|dvd|floppy] --filename <filename>
|
---|
5329 | [--size <megabytes>|--sizebyte <bytes>]
|
---|
5330 | [--diffparent <uuid>|<filename>
|
---|
5331 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD] (default: VDI)
|
---|
5332 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]</screen>
|
---|
5333 |
|
---|
5334 | <para>
|
---|
5335 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5336 | </para>
|
---|
5337 |
|
---|
5338 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5339 |
|
---|
5340 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5341 | <term>
|
---|
5342 | <computeroutput>--filename <filename></computeroutput>
|
---|
5343 | </term>
|
---|
5344 |
|
---|
5345 | <listitem>
|
---|
5346 | <para>
|
---|
5347 | Specifies a file name <filename> as an absolute path
|
---|
5348 | on the host file system. Mandatory.
|
---|
5349 | </para>
|
---|
5350 | </listitem>
|
---|
5351 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5352 |
|
---|
5353 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5354 | <term>
|
---|
5355 | <computeroutput>--size <megabytes></computeroutput>
|
---|
5356 | </term>
|
---|
5357 |
|
---|
5358 | <listitem>
|
---|
5359 | <para>
|
---|
5360 | Specifies the image capacity, in 1 MB units. Optional.
|
---|
5361 | </para>
|
---|
5362 | </listitem>
|
---|
5363 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5364 |
|
---|
5365 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5366 | <term>
|
---|
5367 | <computeroutput>--diffparent
|
---|
5368 | <uuid>|<filename></computeroutput>
|
---|
5369 | </term>
|
---|
5370 |
|
---|
5371 | <listitem>
|
---|
5372 | <para>
|
---|
5373 | Specifies the differencing image parent, either as a UUID or
|
---|
5374 | by the absolute pathname of the file on the host file
|
---|
5375 | system. Useful for sharing a base box disk image among
|
---|
5376 | several VMs.
|
---|
5377 | </para>
|
---|
5378 | </listitem>
|
---|
5379 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5380 |
|
---|
5381 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5382 | <term>
|
---|
5383 | <computeroutput>--format VDI|VMDK|VHD</computeroutput>
|
---|
5384 | </term>
|
---|
5385 |
|
---|
5386 | <listitem>
|
---|
5387 | <para>
|
---|
5388 | Specifies the file format for the output file. Available
|
---|
5389 | options are VDI, VMDK, VHD. The default format is VDI.
|
---|
5390 | Optional.
|
---|
5391 | </para>
|
---|
5392 | </listitem>
|
---|
5393 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5394 |
|
---|
5395 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5396 | <term>
|
---|
5397 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5398 | </term>
|
---|
5399 |
|
---|
5400 | <listitem>
|
---|
5401 | <para>
|
---|
5402 | Specifies any required file format variants for the output
|
---|
5403 | file. This is a comma-separated list of variant flags.
|
---|
5404 | Options are Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX. Not all
|
---|
5405 | combinations are supported, and specifying mutually
|
---|
5406 | incompatible flags results in an error message. Optional.
|
---|
5407 | </para>
|
---|
5408 | </listitem>
|
---|
5409 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5410 |
|
---|
5411 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5412 |
|
---|
5413 | <note>
|
---|
5414 | <para>
|
---|
5415 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5416 | <command>createvdi</command> and <command>createhd</command>
|
---|
5417 | commands are also supported and mapped internally to the
|
---|
5418 | <command>createmedium</command> command.
|
---|
5419 | </para>
|
---|
5420 | </note>
|
---|
5421 |
|
---|
5422 | </sect1>
|
---|
5423 |
|
---|
5424 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-modifyvdi">
|
---|
5425 |
|
---|
5426 | <title>VBoxManage modifymedium</title>
|
---|
5427 |
|
---|
5428 | <para>
|
---|
5429 | With the <command>modifymedium</command> command, you can change
|
---|
5430 | the characteristics of a disk image after it has been created.
|
---|
5431 | </para>
|
---|
5432 |
|
---|
5433 | <screen>VBoxManage modifymedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5434 | [--type normal|writethrough|immutable|shareable|
|
---|
5435 | readonly|multiattach]
|
---|
5436 | [--autoreset on|off]
|
---|
5437 | [--property <name=[value]>]
|
---|
5438 | [--compact]
|
---|
5439 | [--resize <megabytes>|--resizebyte <bytes>]
|
---|
5440 | [--move <path>]
|
---|
5441 | [--setlocation <path>]</screen>
|
---|
5442 |
|
---|
5443 | <note>
|
---|
5444 | <para>
|
---|
5445 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5446 | <command>modifyvdi</command> and <command>modifyhd</command>
|
---|
5447 | commands are also supported and mapped internally to the
|
---|
5448 | <command>modifymedium</command> command.
|
---|
5449 | </para>
|
---|
5450 | </note>
|
---|
5451 |
|
---|
5452 | <para>
|
---|
5453 | The disk image to modify must be specified either by its UUID, if
|
---|
5454 | the medium is registered, or by its filename. Registered images
|
---|
5455 | can be listed using <command>VBoxManage list hdds</command>, see
|
---|
5456 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />. A filename must be specified
|
---|
5457 | as a valid path, either as an absolute path or as a relative path
|
---|
5458 | starting from the current directory.
|
---|
5459 | </para>
|
---|
5460 |
|
---|
5461 | <para>
|
---|
5462 | The following options are available:
|
---|
5463 | </para>
|
---|
5464 |
|
---|
5465 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5466 |
|
---|
5467 | <listitem>
|
---|
5468 | <para>
|
---|
5469 | With the <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput> argument, you
|
---|
5470 | can change the type of an existing image between the normal,
|
---|
5471 | immutable, write-through and other modes. See
|
---|
5472 | <xref
|
---|
5473 | linkend="hdimagewrites" />.
|
---|
5474 | </para>
|
---|
5475 | </listitem>
|
---|
5476 |
|
---|
5477 | <listitem>
|
---|
5478 | <para>
|
---|
5479 | For immutable hard disks only, the <computeroutput>--autoreset
|
---|
5480 | on|off</computeroutput> option determines whether the disk is
|
---|
5481 | automatically reset on every VM startup. See
|
---|
5482 | <xref linkend="hdimagewrites" />. By default, autoreset is on.
|
---|
5483 | </para>
|
---|
5484 | </listitem>
|
---|
5485 |
|
---|
5486 | <listitem>
|
---|
5487 | <para>
|
---|
5488 | The <computeroutput>--compact</computeroutput> option can be
|
---|
5489 | used to compact disk images. Compacting removes blocks that
|
---|
5490 | only contains zeroes. Using this option will shrink a
|
---|
5491 | dynamically allocated image. It will reduce the
|
---|
5492 | <emphasis>physical</emphasis> size of the image without
|
---|
5493 | affecting the logical size of the virtual disk. Compaction
|
---|
5494 | works both for base images and for differencing images created
|
---|
5495 | as part of a snapshot.
|
---|
5496 | </para>
|
---|
5497 |
|
---|
5498 | <para>
|
---|
5499 | For this operation to be effective, it is required that free
|
---|
5500 | space in the guest system first be zeroed out using a suitable
|
---|
5501 | software tool. For Windows guests, you can use the
|
---|
5502 | <command>sdelete</command> tool provided by Microsoft. Run
|
---|
5503 | <command>sdelete -z</command> in the guest to zero the free
|
---|
5504 | disk space, before compressing the virtual disk image. For
|
---|
5505 | Linux, use the <command>zerofree</command> utility which
|
---|
5506 | supports ext2/ext3 filesystems. For Mac OS X guests, use the
|
---|
5507 | <computeroutput>diskutil secureErase freespace 0
|
---|
5508 | /</computeroutput> command from an elevated Terminal.
|
---|
5509 | </para>
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | <para>
|
---|
5512 | Please note that compacting is currently only available for
|
---|
5513 | VDI images. A similar effect can be achieved by zeroing out
|
---|
5514 | free blocks and then cloning the disk to any other dynamically
|
---|
5515 | allocated format. You can use this workaround until compacting
|
---|
5516 | is also supported for disk formats other than VDI.
|
---|
5517 | </para>
|
---|
5518 | </listitem>
|
---|
5519 |
|
---|
5520 | <listitem>
|
---|
5521 | <para>
|
---|
5522 | The <computeroutput>--resize x</computeroutput> option, where
|
---|
5523 | x is the desired new total space in megabytes enables you to
|
---|
5524 | change the capacity of an existing image. This adjusts the
|
---|
5525 | <emphasis>logical</emphasis> size of a virtual disk without
|
---|
5526 | affecting the physical size much.
|
---|
5527 | </para>
|
---|
5528 |
|
---|
5529 | <para>
|
---|
5530 | This option currently works only for VDI and VHD formats, and
|
---|
5531 | only for the dynamically allocated variants. It can only be
|
---|
5532 | used to expand, but not shrink, the capacity. For example, if
|
---|
5533 | you originally created a 10 GB disk which is now full, you can
|
---|
5534 | use the <computeroutput>--resize 15360</computeroutput>
|
---|
5535 | command to change the capacity to 15 GB (15,360 MB) without
|
---|
5536 | having to create a new image and copy all data from within a
|
---|
5537 | virtual machine. Note however that this only changes the drive
|
---|
5538 | capacity. You will typically next need to use a partition
|
---|
5539 | management tool inside the guest to adjust the main partition
|
---|
5540 | to fill the drive.
|
---|
5541 | </para>
|
---|
5542 |
|
---|
5543 | <para>
|
---|
5544 | The <computeroutput>--resizebyte x</computeroutput> option
|
---|
5545 | does almost the same thing, except that x is expressed in
|
---|
5546 | bytes instead of megabytes.
|
---|
5547 | </para>
|
---|
5548 | </listitem>
|
---|
5549 |
|
---|
5550 | <listitem>
|
---|
5551 | <para>
|
---|
5552 | The <computeroutput>--move <path></computeroutput>
|
---|
5553 | option can be used to relocate a medium to a different
|
---|
5554 | location <path> on the host file system. The path can be
|
---|
5555 | either relative to the current directory or absolute.
|
---|
5556 | </para>
|
---|
5557 | </listitem>
|
---|
5558 |
|
---|
5559 | <listitem>
|
---|
5560 | <para>
|
---|
5561 | The <computeroutput>--setlocation
|
---|
5562 | <path></computeroutput> option can be used to set the
|
---|
5563 | new location <path> of the medium on the host file
|
---|
5564 | system if the medium has been moved for any reasons. The path
|
---|
5565 | can be either relative to the current directory or absolute.
|
---|
5566 | </para>
|
---|
5567 |
|
---|
5568 | <note>
|
---|
5569 | <para>
|
---|
5570 | The new location is used as is, without any sanity checks.
|
---|
5571 | The user is responsible for setting the correct path.
|
---|
5572 | </para>
|
---|
5573 | </note>
|
---|
5574 | </listitem>
|
---|
5575 |
|
---|
5576 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5577 |
|
---|
5578 | </sect1>
|
---|
5579 |
|
---|
5580 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-clonevdi">
|
---|
5581 |
|
---|
5582 | <title>VBoxManage clonemedium</title>
|
---|
5583 |
|
---|
5584 | <para>
|
---|
5585 | This command duplicates a virtual disk, DVD, or floppy medium to a
|
---|
5586 | new medium, usually an image file, with a new unique identifier
|
---|
5587 | (UUID). The new image can be transferred to another host system or
|
---|
5588 | reimported into &product-name; using the Virtual Media Manager.
|
---|
5589 | See <xref linkend="vdis" /> and <xref linkend="cloningvdis" />.
|
---|
5590 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5591 | </para>
|
---|
5592 |
|
---|
5593 | <screen>VBoxManage clonemedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|inputfile> <uuid|outputfile>
|
---|
5594 |
|
---|
5595 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD|RAW|<other>]
|
---|
5596 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5597 | [--existing]</screen>
|
---|
5598 |
|
---|
5599 | <para>
|
---|
5600 | The medium to clone as well as the target image must be described
|
---|
5601 | either by its UUIDs, if the mediums are registered, or by its
|
---|
5602 | filename. Registered images can be listed by <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
5603 | list hdds</command>. See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />. A
|
---|
5604 | filename must be specified as valid path, either as an absolute
|
---|
5605 | path or as a relative path starting from the current directory.
|
---|
5606 | </para>
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | <para>
|
---|
5609 | The following options are available:
|
---|
5610 | </para>
|
---|
5611 |
|
---|
5612 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5613 |
|
---|
5614 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5615 | <term>
|
---|
5616 | <computeroutput>--format</computeroutput>
|
---|
5617 | </term>
|
---|
5618 |
|
---|
5619 | <listitem>
|
---|
5620 | <para>
|
---|
5621 | Set a file format for the output file different from the
|
---|
5622 | file format of the input file.
|
---|
5623 | </para>
|
---|
5624 | </listitem>
|
---|
5625 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5628 | <term>
|
---|
5629 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5630 | </term>
|
---|
5631 |
|
---|
5632 | <listitem>
|
---|
5633 | <para>
|
---|
5634 | Set a file format variant for the output file. This is a
|
---|
5635 | comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all combinations
|
---|
5636 | are supported, and specifying inconsistent flags will result
|
---|
5637 | in an error message.
|
---|
5638 | </para>
|
---|
5639 | </listitem>
|
---|
5640 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5641 |
|
---|
5642 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5643 | <term>
|
---|
5644 | <computeroutput>--existing</computeroutput>
|
---|
5645 | </term>
|
---|
5646 |
|
---|
5647 | <listitem>
|
---|
5648 | <para>
|
---|
5649 | Perform the clone operation to an already existing
|
---|
5650 | destination medium. Only the portion of the source medium
|
---|
5651 | which fits into the destination medium is copied. This means
|
---|
5652 | if the destination medium is smaller than the source only a
|
---|
5653 | part of it is copied, and if the destination medium is
|
---|
5654 | larger than the source the remaining part of the destination
|
---|
5655 | medium is unchanged.
|
---|
5656 | </para>
|
---|
5657 | </listitem>
|
---|
5658 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5659 |
|
---|
5660 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5661 |
|
---|
5662 | <note>
|
---|
5663 | <para>
|
---|
5664 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5665 | <command>clonevdi</command> and <command>clonehd</command>
|
---|
5666 | commands are still supported and mapped internally to the
|
---|
5667 | <command>clonehd disk</command> command.
|
---|
5668 | </para>
|
---|
5669 | </note>
|
---|
5670 |
|
---|
5671 | </sect1>
|
---|
5672 |
|
---|
5673 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-mediumproperty">
|
---|
5674 |
|
---|
5675 | <title>VBoxManage mediumproperty</title>
|
---|
5676 |
|
---|
5677 | <para>
|
---|
5678 | This command sets, gets, or deletes a medium property. The syntax
|
---|
5679 | is as follows:
|
---|
5680 | </para>
|
---|
5681 |
|
---|
5682 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] set <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5683 | <property> <value></screen>
|
---|
5684 |
|
---|
5685 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5686 |
|
---|
5687 | <listitem>
|
---|
5688 | <para>
|
---|
5689 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5690 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5691 | dvd, or floppy.
|
---|
5692 | </para>
|
---|
5693 | </listitem>
|
---|
5694 |
|
---|
5695 | <listitem>
|
---|
5696 | <para>
|
---|
5697 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5698 | supply either the UUID or absolute path of the medium or
|
---|
5699 | image.
|
---|
5700 | </para>
|
---|
5701 | </listitem>
|
---|
5702 |
|
---|
5703 | <listitem>
|
---|
5704 | <para>
|
---|
5705 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5706 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5707 | </para>
|
---|
5708 | </listitem>
|
---|
5709 |
|
---|
5710 | <listitem>
|
---|
5711 | <para>
|
---|
5712 | Use <computeroutput><value></computeroutput> to supply
|
---|
5713 | the property value.
|
---|
5714 | </para>
|
---|
5715 | </listitem>
|
---|
5716 |
|
---|
5717 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5718 |
|
---|
5719 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] get <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5720 | <property></screen>
|
---|
5721 |
|
---|
5722 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5723 |
|
---|
5724 | <listitem>
|
---|
5725 | <para>
|
---|
5726 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5727 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5728 | dvd, or floppy.
|
---|
5729 | </para>
|
---|
5730 | </listitem>
|
---|
5731 |
|
---|
5732 | <listitem>
|
---|
5733 | <para>
|
---|
5734 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5735 | supply either the UUID or absolute path of the medium or
|
---|
5736 | image.
|
---|
5737 | </para>
|
---|
5738 | </listitem>
|
---|
5739 |
|
---|
5740 | <listitem>
|
---|
5741 | <para>
|
---|
5742 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5743 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5744 | </para>
|
---|
5745 | </listitem>
|
---|
5746 |
|
---|
5747 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5748 |
|
---|
5749 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] delete <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5750 | <property></screen>
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | <listitem>
|
---|
5755 | <para>
|
---|
5756 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5757 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5758 | dvd, or floppy.
|
---|
5759 | </para>
|
---|
5760 | </listitem>
|
---|
5761 |
|
---|
5762 | <listitem>
|
---|
5763 | <para>
|
---|
5764 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5765 | supply either the UUID or absolute path of the medium or
|
---|
5766 | image.
|
---|
5767 | </para>
|
---|
5768 | </listitem>
|
---|
5769 |
|
---|
5770 | <listitem>
|
---|
5771 | <para>
|
---|
5772 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5773 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5774 | </para>
|
---|
5775 | </listitem>
|
---|
5776 |
|
---|
5777 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5778 |
|
---|
5779 | </sect1>
|
---|
5780 |
|
---|
5781 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-encryptmedium">
|
---|
5782 |
|
---|
5783 | <title>VBoxManage encryptmedium</title>
|
---|
5784 |
|
---|
5785 | <para>
|
---|
5786 | This command is used to create a DEK encrypted medium or image.
|
---|
5787 | See <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />.
|
---|
5788 | </para>
|
---|
5789 |
|
---|
5790 | <para>
|
---|
5791 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5792 | </para>
|
---|
5793 |
|
---|
5794 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5795 | [--newpassword <file|->]
|
---|
5796 | [--oldpassword <file|->]
|
---|
5797 | [--cipher <cipher id>]
|
---|
5798 | [--newpasswordid <password id>]</screen>
|
---|
5799 |
|
---|
5800 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5801 |
|
---|
5802 | <listitem>
|
---|
5803 | <para>
|
---|
5804 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5805 | supply the UUID or absolute path of the medium or image to be
|
---|
5806 | encrypted.
|
---|
5807 | </para>
|
---|
5808 | </listitem>
|
---|
5809 |
|
---|
5810 | <listitem>
|
---|
5811 | <para>
|
---|
5812 | Use <computeroutput>--newpassword
|
---|
5813 | <file|-></computeroutput> to supply a new encryption
|
---|
5814 | password. Either specify the absolute pathname of a password
|
---|
5815 | file on the host operating system, or
|
---|
5816 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you for the
|
---|
5817 | password on the command line. Always use the
|
---|
5818 | <computeroutput>--newpasswordid</computeroutput> option with
|
---|
5819 | this option.
|
---|
5820 | </para>
|
---|
5821 | </listitem>
|
---|
5822 |
|
---|
5823 | <listitem>
|
---|
5824 | <para>
|
---|
5825 | Use <computeroutput>--oldpassword
|
---|
5826 | <file|-></computeroutput> to supply any old encryption
|
---|
5827 | password. Either specify the absolute pathname of a password
|
---|
5828 | file on the host operating system, or
|
---|
5829 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you for the old
|
---|
5830 | password on the command line.
|
---|
5831 | </para>
|
---|
5832 |
|
---|
5833 | <para>
|
---|
5834 | Use this option to gain access to an encrypted medium or image
|
---|
5835 | to either change its password using
|
---|
5836 | <computeroutput>--newpassword</computeroutput> or change its
|
---|
5837 | encryption using <computeroutput>--cipher</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5838 | </para>
|
---|
5839 | </listitem>
|
---|
5840 |
|
---|
5841 | <listitem>
|
---|
5842 | <para>
|
---|
5843 | Use <computeroutput>--cipher <cipher></computeroutput>
|
---|
5844 | to specify the cipher to use for encryption. This can be
|
---|
5845 | either <computeroutput>AES-XTS128-PLAIN64</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5846 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS256-PLAIN64</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5847 | </para>
|
---|
5848 |
|
---|
5849 | <para>
|
---|
5850 | Use this option to change any existing encryption on the
|
---|
5851 | medium or image, or to set up new encryption on it for the
|
---|
5852 | first time.
|
---|
5853 | </para>
|
---|
5854 | </listitem>
|
---|
5855 |
|
---|
5856 | <listitem>
|
---|
5857 | <para>
|
---|
5858 | Use <computeroutput>--newpasswordid <password
|
---|
5859 | id></computeroutput> to supply the new password identifier.
|
---|
5860 | This can be chosen by the user, and is used for correct
|
---|
5861 | identification when supplying multiple passwords during VM
|
---|
5862 | startup.
|
---|
5863 | </para>
|
---|
5864 |
|
---|
5865 | <para>
|
---|
5866 | If the user uses the same password when encrypting multiple
|
---|
5867 | images and also the same password identifier, the user needs
|
---|
5868 | to supply the password only once during VM startup.
|
---|
5869 | </para>
|
---|
5870 | </listitem>
|
---|
5871 |
|
---|
5872 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5873 |
|
---|
5874 | </sect1>
|
---|
5875 |
|
---|
5876 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-checkmediumpwd">
|
---|
5877 |
|
---|
5878 | <title>VBoxManage checkmediumpwd</title>
|
---|
5879 |
|
---|
5880 | <para>
|
---|
5881 | This command is used to check the current encryption password on a
|
---|
5882 | DEK encrypted medium or image. See
|
---|
5883 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />.
|
---|
5884 | </para>
|
---|
5885 |
|
---|
5886 | <para>
|
---|
5887 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5888 | </para>
|
---|
5889 |
|
---|
5890 | <screen>VBoxManage checkmediumpwd <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5891 | <pwd file|-></screen>
|
---|
5892 |
|
---|
5893 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5894 |
|
---|
5895 | <listitem>
|
---|
5896 | <para>
|
---|
5897 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5898 | supply the UUID or absolute path of the medium or image to be
|
---|
5899 | checked.
|
---|
5900 | </para>
|
---|
5901 | </listitem>
|
---|
5902 |
|
---|
5903 | <listitem>
|
---|
5904 | <para>
|
---|
5905 | Use <computeroutput><pwd file|-></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5906 | supply the password identifier to be checked. Either specify
|
---|
5907 | the absolute pathname of a password file on the host operating
|
---|
5908 | system, or <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you
|
---|
5909 | for the password on the command line.
|
---|
5910 | </para>
|
---|
5911 | </listitem>
|
---|
5912 |
|
---|
5913 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5914 |
|
---|
5915 | </sect1>
|
---|
5916 |
|
---|
5917 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-convertfromraw">
|
---|
5918 |
|
---|
5919 | <title>VBoxManage convertfromraw</title>
|
---|
5920 |
|
---|
5921 | <para>
|
---|
5922 | This command converts a raw disk image to a &product-name; Disk
|
---|
5923 | Image (VDI) file. The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5924 | </para>
|
---|
5925 |
|
---|
5926 | <screen>VBoxManage convertfromraw <filename> <outputfile>
|
---|
5927 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD]
|
---|
5928 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5929 | [--uuid <uuid>]
|
---|
5930 | VBoxManage convertfromraw stdin <outputfile> <bytes>
|
---|
5931 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD]
|
---|
5932 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5933 | [--uuid <uuid>]</screen>
|
---|
5934 |
|
---|
5935 | <para>
|
---|
5936 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5937 | </para>
|
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5940 |
|
---|
5941 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5942 | <term>
|
---|
5943 | <computeroutput>--bytes</computeroutput>
|
---|
5944 | </term>
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | <listitem>
|
---|
5947 | <para>
|
---|
5948 | The size of the image file, in bytes, provided through
|
---|
5949 | stdin.
|
---|
5950 | </para>
|
---|
5951 | </listitem>
|
---|
5952 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5953 |
|
---|
5954 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5955 | <term>
|
---|
5956 | <computeroutput>--format</computeroutput>
|
---|
5957 | </term>
|
---|
5958 |
|
---|
5959 | <listitem>
|
---|
5960 | <para>
|
---|
5961 | Select the disk image format to create. The default format
|
---|
5962 | is VDI. Other options are VMDK and VHD.
|
---|
5963 | </para>
|
---|
5964 | </listitem>
|
---|
5965 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5966 |
|
---|
5967 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5968 | <term>
|
---|
5969 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5970 | </term>
|
---|
5971 |
|
---|
5972 | <listitem>
|
---|
5973 | <para>
|
---|
5974 | Choose a file format variant for the output file. This is a
|
---|
5975 | comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all combinations
|
---|
5976 | are supported, and specifying inconsistent flags will result
|
---|
5977 | in an error message.
|
---|
5978 | </para>
|
---|
5979 | </listitem>
|
---|
5980 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5981 |
|
---|
5982 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5983 | <term>
|
---|
5984 | <computeroutput>--uuid</computeroutput>
|
---|
5985 | </term>
|
---|
5986 |
|
---|
5987 | <listitem>
|
---|
5988 | <para>
|
---|
5989 | Specify the UUID of the output file.
|
---|
5990 | </para>
|
---|
5991 | </listitem>
|
---|
5992 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5993 |
|
---|
5994 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5995 |
|
---|
5996 | <para>
|
---|
5997 | The <command>stdin</command> form of the command forces
|
---|
5998 | <command>VBoxManage</command> to read the content of the disk
|
---|
5999 | image from standard input. This useful when using the command in a
|
---|
6000 | pipe.
|
---|
6001 | </para>
|
---|
6002 |
|
---|
6003 | <note>
|
---|
6004 | <para>
|
---|
6005 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
6006 | <command>convertdd</command> command is also supported and
|
---|
6007 | mapped internally to the <command>convertfromraw</command>
|
---|
6008 | command.
|
---|
6009 | </para>
|
---|
6010 | </note>
|
---|
6011 |
|
---|
6012 | </sect1>
|
---|
6013 |
|
---|
6014 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-extradata">
|
---|
6015 |
|
---|
6016 | <title>VBoxManage getextradata/setextradata</title>
|
---|
6017 |
|
---|
6018 | <para>
|
---|
6019 | These commands enable you to attach and retrieve string data for a
|
---|
6020 | virtual machine or for a &product-name; configuration, by
|
---|
6021 | specifying <computeroutput>global</computeroutput> instead of a
|
---|
6022 | virtual machine name. You must specify a keyword as a text string
|
---|
6023 | to associate the data with, which you can later use to retrieve
|
---|
6024 | it. For example:
|
---|
6025 | </para>
|
---|
6026 |
|
---|
6027 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006.01.01
|
---|
6028 | VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006.02.02</screen>
|
---|
6029 |
|
---|
6030 | <para>
|
---|
6031 | This example would associate the string "2006.01.01" with the
|
---|
6032 | keyword installdate for the virtual machine Fedora5, and
|
---|
6033 | "2006.02.02" on the machine SUSE10. You could then retrieve the
|
---|
6034 | information as follows:
|
---|
6035 | </para>
|
---|
6036 |
|
---|
6037 | <screen>VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate</screen>
|
---|
6038 |
|
---|
6039 | <para>
|
---|
6040 | This would return the following:
|
---|
6041 | </para>
|
---|
6042 |
|
---|
6043 | <screen>VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
6044 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
6045 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
6046 |
|
---|
6047 | Value: 2006.01.01</screen>
|
---|
6048 |
|
---|
6049 | <para>
|
---|
6050 | You could retrieve the information for all keywords as follows:
|
---|
6051 | </para>
|
---|
6052 |
|
---|
6053 | <screen>VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 enumerate</screen>
|
---|
6054 |
|
---|
6055 | <para>
|
---|
6056 | To remove a keyword, the <command>setextradata</command> command
|
---|
6057 | must be run without specifying data, only the keyword. For
|
---|
6058 | example:
|
---|
6059 | </para>
|
---|
6060 |
|
---|
6061 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate</screen>
|
---|
6062 |
|
---|
6063 | </sect1>
|
---|
6064 |
|
---|
6065 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-setproperty">
|
---|
6066 |
|
---|
6067 | <title>VBoxManage setproperty</title>
|
---|
6068 |
|
---|
6069 | <para>
|
---|
6070 | This command is used to change global settings which affect the
|
---|
6071 | entire &product-name; installation. Some of these correspond to
|
---|
6072 | the settings in the <emphasis role="bold">Global
|
---|
6073 | Settings</emphasis> dialog in the graphical user interface. The
|
---|
6074 | following properties are available:
|
---|
6075 | </para>
|
---|
6076 |
|
---|
6077 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6078 |
|
---|
6079 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6080 | <term>
|
---|
6081 | <computeroutput>machinefolder</computeroutput>
|
---|
6082 | </term>
|
---|
6083 |
|
---|
6084 | <listitem>
|
---|
6085 | <para>
|
---|
6086 | Specifies the default folder in which virtual machine
|
---|
6087 | definitions are kept. See <xref linkend="vboxconfigdata" />.
|
---|
6088 | </para>
|
---|
6089 | </listitem>
|
---|
6090 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6091 |
|
---|
6092 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6093 | <term>
|
---|
6094 | <computeroutput>hwvirtexclusive</computeroutput>
|
---|
6095 | </term>
|
---|
6096 |
|
---|
6097 | <listitem>
|
---|
6098 | <para>
|
---|
6099 | Specifies whether &product-name; will make exclusive use of
|
---|
6100 | the hardware virtualization extensions (Intel VT-x or AMD-V)
|
---|
6101 | of the host system's processor. See
|
---|
6102 | <xref linkend="hwvirt" />. If you wish to share these
|
---|
6103 | extensions with other hypervisors running at the same time,
|
---|
6104 | you must disable this setting. Doing so has negative
|
---|
6105 | performance implications.
|
---|
6106 | </para>
|
---|
6107 | </listitem>
|
---|
6108 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6109 |
|
---|
6110 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6111 | <term>
|
---|
6112 | <computeroutput>vrdeauthlibrary</computeroutput>
|
---|
6113 | </term>
|
---|
6114 |
|
---|
6115 | <listitem>
|
---|
6116 | <para>
|
---|
6117 | Specifies which library to use when external authentication
|
---|
6118 | has been selected for a particular virtual machine. See
|
---|
6119 | <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
6120 | </para>
|
---|
6121 | </listitem>
|
---|
6122 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6123 |
|
---|
6124 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6125 | <term>
|
---|
6126 | <computeroutput>websrvauthlibrary</computeroutput>
|
---|
6127 | </term>
|
---|
6128 |
|
---|
6129 | <listitem>
|
---|
6130 | <para>
|
---|
6131 | Specifies which library the web service uses to authenticate
|
---|
6132 | users. For details about the &product-name; web service, see
|
---|
6133 | the &product-name; SDK reference,
|
---|
6134 | <xref
|
---|
6135 | linkend="VirtualBoxAPI" />.
|
---|
6136 | </para>
|
---|
6137 | </listitem>
|
---|
6138 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6139 |
|
---|
6140 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6141 | <term>
|
---|
6142 | <computeroutput>vrdeextpack</computeroutput>
|
---|
6143 | </term>
|
---|
6144 |
|
---|
6145 | <listitem>
|
---|
6146 | <para>
|
---|
6147 | Specifies which library implements the VirtualBox Remote
|
---|
6148 | Desktop Extension.
|
---|
6149 | </para>
|
---|
6150 | </listitem>
|
---|
6151 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6152 |
|
---|
6153 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6154 | <term>
|
---|
6155 | <computeroutput>loghistorycount</computeroutput>
|
---|
6156 | </term>
|
---|
6157 |
|
---|
6158 | <listitem>
|
---|
6159 | <para>
|
---|
6160 | Selects how many rotated VM logs are retained.
|
---|
6161 | </para>
|
---|
6162 | </listitem>
|
---|
6163 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6164 |
|
---|
6165 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6166 | <term>
|
---|
6167 | <computeroutput>autostartdbpath</computeroutput>
|
---|
6168 | </term>
|
---|
6169 |
|
---|
6170 | <listitem>
|
---|
6171 | <para>
|
---|
6172 | Selects the path to the autostart database. See
|
---|
6173 | <xref linkend="autostart" />.
|
---|
6174 | </para>
|
---|
6175 | </listitem>
|
---|
6176 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6177 |
|
---|
6178 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6179 | <term>
|
---|
6180 | <computeroutput>defaultfrontend</computeroutput>
|
---|
6181 | </term>
|
---|
6182 |
|
---|
6183 | <listitem>
|
---|
6184 | <para>
|
---|
6185 | Selects the global default VM frontend setting. See
|
---|
6186 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
6187 | </para>
|
---|
6188 | </listitem>
|
---|
6189 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6190 |
|
---|
6191 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6192 | <term>
|
---|
6193 | <computeroutput>logginglevel</computeroutput>
|
---|
6194 | </term>
|
---|
6195 |
|
---|
6196 | <listitem>
|
---|
6197 | <para>
|
---|
6198 | Configures the VBoxSVC release logging details. See
|
---|
6199 | <ulink url="http://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/VBoxLogging">http://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/VBoxLogging</ulink>.
|
---|
6200 | </para>
|
---|
6201 | </listitem>
|
---|
6202 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6203 |
|
---|
6204 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6205 | <term>
|
---|
6206 | <computeroutput>proxymode</computeroutput>
|
---|
6207 | </term>
|
---|
6208 |
|
---|
6209 | <listitem>
|
---|
6210 | <para>
|
---|
6211 | Configures the mode for an HTTP proxy server.
|
---|
6212 | </para>
|
---|
6213 | </listitem>
|
---|
6214 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6215 |
|
---|
6216 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6217 | <term>
|
---|
6218 | <computeroutput>proxyurl</computeroutput>
|
---|
6219 | </term>
|
---|
6220 |
|
---|
6221 | <listitem>
|
---|
6222 | <para>
|
---|
6223 | Configures the URL for an HTTP proxy server. Used when a
|
---|
6224 | manual proxy is configured using the
|
---|
6225 | <computeroutput>manual</computeroutput> setting of the
|
---|
6226 | <computeroutput>proxymode</computeroutput> property.
|
---|
6227 | </para>
|
---|
6228 | </listitem>
|
---|
6229 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6230 |
|
---|
6231 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6232 |
|
---|
6233 | </sect1>
|
---|
6234 |
|
---|
6235 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-usbfilter">
|
---|
6236 |
|
---|
6237 | <title>VBoxManage usbfilter add/modify/remove</title>
|
---|
6238 |
|
---|
6239 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter add <index,0-N>
|
---|
6240 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
6241 | --name <string>
|
---|
6242 | --action ignore|hold (global filters only)
|
---|
6243 | [--active yes|no (yes)]
|
---|
6244 | [--vendorid <XXXX> (null)]
|
---|
6245 | [--productid <XXXX> (null)]
|
---|
6246 | [--revision <IIFF> (null)]
|
---|
6247 | [--manufacturer <string> (null)]
|
---|
6248 | [--product <string> (null)]
|
---|
6249 | [--remote yes|no (null, VM filters only)]
|
---|
6250 | [--serialnumber <string> (null)]
|
---|
6251 | [--maskedinterfaces <XXXXXXXX>]
|
---|
6252 | </screen>
|
---|
6253 |
|
---|
6254 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter modify <index,0-N>
|
---|
6255 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
6256 | [--name <string>]
|
---|
6257 | [--action ignore|hold (global filters only)]
|
---|
6258 | [--active yes|no]
|
---|
6259 | [--vendorid <XXXX>]
|
---|
6260 | [--productid <XXXX>]
|
---|
6261 | [--revision <IIFF>]
|
---|
6262 | [--manufacturer <string>]
|
---|
6263 | [--product <string>]
|
---|
6264 | [--remote yes|no (null, VM filters only)]
|
---|
6265 | [--serialnumber <string>]
|
---|
6266 | [--maskedinterfaces <XXXXXXXX>]
|
---|
6267 | </screen>
|
---|
6268 |
|
---|
6269 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter remove <index,0-N>
|
---|
6270 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
6271 | </screen>
|
---|
6272 |
|
---|
6273 | <para>
|
---|
6274 | The <command>usbfilter</command> commands are used for working
|
---|
6275 | with USB filters in virtual machines, or global filters which
|
---|
6276 | affect the whole &product-name; setup. Global filters are applied
|
---|
6277 | before machine-specific filters, and may be used to prevent
|
---|
6278 | devices from being captured by any virtual machine. Global filters
|
---|
6279 | are always applied in a particular order, and only the first
|
---|
6280 | filter which fits a device is applied. For example, if the first
|
---|
6281 | global filter says to hold, or make available, a particular
|
---|
6282 | Kingston memory stick device and the second filter says to ignore
|
---|
6283 | all Kingston devices. That particular Kingston memory stick will
|
---|
6284 | be available to any machine with the appropriate filter, but no
|
---|
6285 | other Kingston device will.
|
---|
6286 | </para>
|
---|
6287 |
|
---|
6288 | <para>
|
---|
6289 | When creating a USB filter using <command>usbfilter add</command>,
|
---|
6290 | you must supply three or four mandatory parameters. The index
|
---|
6291 | specifies the position in the list at which the filter should be
|
---|
6292 | placed. If there is already a filter at that position, then it and
|
---|
6293 | the following ones will be shifted back one place. Otherwise, the
|
---|
6294 | new filter will be added onto the end of the list. The
|
---|
6295 | <computeroutput>target</computeroutput> parameter selects the
|
---|
6296 | virtual machine that the filter should be attached to or use
|
---|
6297 | <computeroutput>global</computeroutput> to apply it to all virtual
|
---|
6298 | machines. <computeroutput>name</computeroutput> is a name for the
|
---|
6299 | new filter. For global filters,
|
---|
6300 | <computeroutput>action</computeroutput> says whether to allow VMs
|
---|
6301 | access to devices that fit the filter description (hold) or not to
|
---|
6302 | give them access (ignore). In addition, you should specify
|
---|
6303 | parameters to filter by. You can find the parameters for devices
|
---|
6304 | attached to your system using <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
6305 | usbhost</command>. Finally, you can specify whether the filter
|
---|
6306 | should be active. For local filters, whether they are for local
|
---|
6307 | devices, remote devices over an RDP connection, or either.
|
---|
6308 | </para>
|
---|
6309 |
|
---|
6310 | <para>
|
---|
6311 | When you modify a USB filter using <command>usbfilter
|
---|
6312 | modify</command>, you must specify the filter by index and by
|
---|
6313 | target, which is either a virtual machine or
|
---|
6314 | <computeroutput>global</computeroutput>. See the output of
|
---|
6315 | <command>VBoxManage list usbfilters</command> to find global
|
---|
6316 | filter indexes and <command>VBoxManage showvminfo</command> to
|
---|
6317 | find indexes for individual machines. The properties which can be
|
---|
6318 | changed are the same as for <command>usbfilter add</command>. To
|
---|
6319 | remove a filter, use <command>usbfilter remove</command> and
|
---|
6320 | specify the index and the target.
|
---|
6321 | </para>
|
---|
6322 |
|
---|
6323 | <para>
|
---|
6324 | The following is a list of the additional <command>usbfilter
|
---|
6325 | add</command> and <command>usbfilter modify</command> options,
|
---|
6326 | with details of how to use them.
|
---|
6327 | </para>
|
---|
6328 |
|
---|
6329 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6330 |
|
---|
6331 | <listitem>
|
---|
6332 | <para>
|
---|
6333 | <computeroutput>--action ignore|hold</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6334 | Specifies whether devices that fit the filter description are
|
---|
6335 | allowed access by machines (hold), or have access denied
|
---|
6336 | (ignore). Applies to global filters only.
|
---|
6337 | </para>
|
---|
6338 | </listitem>
|
---|
6339 |
|
---|
6340 | <listitem>
|
---|
6341 | <para>
|
---|
6342 | <computeroutput>--active yes|no</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
6343 | whether the USB Filter is active or temporarily disabled. For
|
---|
6344 | <computeroutput>usbfilter create</computeroutput> the default
|
---|
6345 | is active.
|
---|
6346 | </para>
|
---|
6347 | </listitem>
|
---|
6348 |
|
---|
6349 | <listitem>
|
---|
6350 | <para>
|
---|
6351 | <computeroutput>--vendorid <XXXX>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6352 | Specifies a vendor ID filter. The string representation for an
|
---|
6353 | exact match has the form XXXX, where X is the hexadecimal
|
---|
6354 | digit, including leading zeroes.
|
---|
6355 | </para>
|
---|
6356 | </listitem>
|
---|
6357 |
|
---|
6358 | <listitem>
|
---|
6359 | <para>
|
---|
6360 | <computeroutput>--productid <XXXX>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6361 | Specifies a product ID filter. The string representation for
|
---|
6362 | an exact match has the form XXXX, where X is the hexadecimal
|
---|
6363 | digit, including leading zeroes.
|
---|
6364 | </para>
|
---|
6365 | </listitem>
|
---|
6366 |
|
---|
6367 | <listitem>
|
---|
6368 | <para>
|
---|
6369 | <computeroutput>--revision <IIFF>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6370 | Specifies a revision ID filter. The string representation for
|
---|
6371 | an exact match has the form IIFF, where I is the decimal digit
|
---|
6372 | of the integer part of the revision, and F is the decimal
|
---|
6373 | digit of its fractional part, including leading and trailing
|
---|
6374 | zeros. Note that for interval filters, it is best to use the
|
---|
6375 | hexadecimal form, because the revision is stored as a 16-bit
|
---|
6376 | packed BCD value. Therefore, the expression int:0x0100-0x0199
|
---|
6377 | will match any revision from 1.0 to 1.99 inclusive.
|
---|
6378 | </para>
|
---|
6379 | </listitem>
|
---|
6380 |
|
---|
6381 | <listitem>
|
---|
6382 | <para>
|
---|
6383 | <computeroutput>--manufacturer
|
---|
6384 | <string>|""</computeroutput>: Specifies a manufacturer
|
---|
6385 | ID filter, as a string.
|
---|
6386 | </para>
|
---|
6387 | </listitem>
|
---|
6388 |
|
---|
6389 | <listitem>
|
---|
6390 | <para>
|
---|
6391 | <computeroutput>--product <string>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6392 | Specifies a product ID filter, as a string.
|
---|
6393 | </para>
|
---|
6394 | </listitem>
|
---|
6395 |
|
---|
6396 | <listitem>
|
---|
6397 | <para>
|
---|
6398 | <computeroutput>--remote yes|no""</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
6399 | a remote filter, indicating whether the device is physically
|
---|
6400 | connected to a remote VRDE client or to a local host machine.
|
---|
6401 | Applies to VM filters only.
|
---|
6402 | </para>
|
---|
6403 | </listitem>
|
---|
6404 |
|
---|
6405 | <listitem>
|
---|
6406 | <para>
|
---|
6407 | <computeroutput>--serialnumber
|
---|
6408 | <string>|""</computeroutput>: Specifies a serial number
|
---|
6409 | filter, as a string.
|
---|
6410 | </para>
|
---|
6411 | </listitem>
|
---|
6412 |
|
---|
6413 | <listitem>
|
---|
6414 | <para>
|
---|
6415 | <computeroutput>--maskedinterfaces
|
---|
6416 | <XXXXXXXX></computeroutput>: Specifies a masked
|
---|
6417 | interface filter, for hiding one or more USB interfaces from
|
---|
6418 | the guest. The value is a bit mask where the set bits
|
---|
6419 | correspond to the USB interfaces that should be hidden, or
|
---|
6420 | masked off. This feature only works on Linux hosts.
|
---|
6421 | </para>
|
---|
6422 | </listitem>
|
---|
6423 |
|
---|
6424 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6425 |
|
---|
6426 | </sect1>
|
---|
6427 |
|
---|
6428 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-sharedfolder">
|
---|
6429 |
|
---|
6430 | <title>VBoxManage sharedfolder add/remove</title>
|
---|
6431 |
|
---|
6432 | <screen>
|
---|
6433 | VBoxManage sharedfolder add <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
6434 | --name <name> --hostpath <hostpath>
|
---|
6435 | [--transient] [--readonly] [--automount]
|
---|
6436 | </screen>
|
---|
6437 |
|
---|
6438 | <para>
|
---|
6439 | This command enables you to share folders on the host computer
|
---|
6440 | with guest operating systems. For this, the guest systems must
|
---|
6441 | have a version of the &product-name; Guest Additions installed
|
---|
6442 | which supports this functionality.
|
---|
6443 | </para>
|
---|
6444 |
|
---|
6445 | <para>
|
---|
6446 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
6447 | </para>
|
---|
6448 |
|
---|
6449 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6450 |
|
---|
6451 | <listitem>
|
---|
6452 | <para>
|
---|
6453 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>:
|
---|
6454 | Specifies the UUID or name of the VM whose guest operating
|
---|
6455 | system will be sharing folders with the host computer.
|
---|
6456 | Mandatory.
|
---|
6457 | </para>
|
---|
6458 | </listitem>
|
---|
6459 |
|
---|
6460 | <listitem>
|
---|
6461 | <para>
|
---|
6462 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
6463 | Specifies the name of the share. Each share has a unique name
|
---|
6464 | within the namespace of the host operating system. Mandatory.
|
---|
6465 | </para>
|
---|
6466 | </listitem>
|
---|
6467 |
|
---|
6468 | <listitem>
|
---|
6469 | <para>
|
---|
6470 | <computeroutput>-hostpath <hostpath></computeroutput>:
|
---|
6471 | Specifies the absolute path on the host operating system of
|
---|
6472 | the directory to be shared with the guest operating system.
|
---|
6473 | Mandatory.
|
---|
6474 | </para>
|
---|
6475 | </listitem>
|
---|
6476 |
|
---|
6477 | <listitem>
|
---|
6478 | <para>
|
---|
6479 | <computeroutput>-transient</computeroutput>: Specifies that
|
---|
6480 | the share is transient, meaning that it can be added and
|
---|
6481 | removed at runtime and does not persist after the VM has
|
---|
6482 | stopped. Optional.
|
---|
6483 | </para>
|
---|
6484 | </listitem>
|
---|
6485 |
|
---|
6486 | <listitem>
|
---|
6487 | <para>
|
---|
6488 | <computeroutput>-readonly</computeroutput>: Specifies that the
|
---|
6489 | share has only read-only access to files at the host path.
|
---|
6490 | </para>
|
---|
6491 |
|
---|
6492 | <para>
|
---|
6493 | By default, shared folders have read/write access to the files
|
---|
6494 | on the host path. On Linux distributions, shared folders are
|
---|
6495 | mounted with 770 file permissions with root user and vboxsf as
|
---|
6496 | the group. Using this option the file permissions change to
|
---|
6497 | 700. Optional.
|
---|
6498 | </para>
|
---|
6499 | </listitem>
|
---|
6500 |
|
---|
6501 | <listitem>
|
---|
6502 | <para>
|
---|
6503 | <computeroutput>-automount</computeroutput>: Specifies that
|
---|
6504 | the share will be automatically mounted. On Linux
|
---|
6505 | distributions, this will be to either
|
---|
6506 | <computeroutput>/media/USER/sf_<name></computeroutput>
|
---|
6507 | or <computeroutput>/media/sf_<name></computeroutput>,
|
---|
6508 | where <name> is the share named. The actual location
|
---|
6509 | depends on the guest OS. Optional.
|
---|
6510 | </para>
|
---|
6511 | </listitem>
|
---|
6512 |
|
---|
6513 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6514 |
|
---|
6515 | <screen>
|
---|
6516 | VBoxManage sharedfolder remove <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
6517 | --name <name> [--transient]
|
---|
6518 |
|
---|
6519 | </screen>
|
---|
6520 |
|
---|
6521 | <para>
|
---|
6522 | This command enables you to delete shared folders on the host
|
---|
6523 | computer shares with the guest operating systems. For this, the
|
---|
6524 | guest systems must have a version of the &product-name; Guest
|
---|
6525 | Additions installed which supports this functionality.
|
---|
6526 | </para>
|
---|
6527 |
|
---|
6528 | <para>
|
---|
6529 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
6530 | </para>
|
---|
6531 |
|
---|
6532 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6533 |
|
---|
6534 | <listitem>
|
---|
6535 | <para>
|
---|
6536 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>:
|
---|
6537 | Specifies the UUID or name of the VM whose guest operating
|
---|
6538 | system is sharing folders with the host computer. Mandatory.
|
---|
6539 | </para>
|
---|
6540 | </listitem>
|
---|
6541 |
|
---|
6542 | <listitem>
|
---|
6543 | <para>
|
---|
6544 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
6545 | Specifies the name of the share to be removed. Each share has
|
---|
6546 | a unique name within the namespace of the host operating
|
---|
6547 | system. Mandatory.
|
---|
6548 | </para>
|
---|
6549 | </listitem>
|
---|
6550 |
|
---|
6551 | <listitem>
|
---|
6552 | <para>
|
---|
6553 | <computeroutput>-transient</computeroutput>: Specifies that
|
---|
6554 | the share is transient, meaning that it can be added and
|
---|
6555 | removed at runtime and does not persist after the VM has
|
---|
6556 | stopped. Optional.
|
---|
6557 | </para>
|
---|
6558 | </listitem>
|
---|
6559 |
|
---|
6560 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6561 |
|
---|
6562 | <para>
|
---|
6563 | Shared folders are described in <xref linkend="sharedfolders" />.
|
---|
6564 | </para>
|
---|
6565 |
|
---|
6566 | </sect1>
|
---|
6567 |
|
---|
6568 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-guestproperty">
|
---|
6569 |
|
---|
6570 | <title>VBoxManage guestproperty</title>
|
---|
6571 |
|
---|
6572 | <para>
|
---|
6573 | The <command>guestproperty</command> commands enable you to get or
|
---|
6574 | set properties of a running virtual machine. See
|
---|
6575 | <xref linkend="guestadd-guestprops" />. Guest properties are
|
---|
6576 | arbitrary keyword-value string pairs which can be written to and
|
---|
6577 | read from by either the guest or the host, so they can be used as
|
---|
6578 | a low-volume communication channel for strings, provided that a
|
---|
6579 | guest is running and has the Guest Additions installed. In
|
---|
6580 | addition, a number of values whose keywords begin with
|
---|
6581 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/</computeroutput>are automatically set
|
---|
6582 | and maintained by the Guest Additions.
|
---|
6583 | </para>
|
---|
6584 |
|
---|
6585 | <para>
|
---|
6586 | The following subcommands are available, where
|
---|
6587 | <computeroutput><vm></computeroutput> can either be a VM
|
---|
6588 | name or a VM UUID, as with the other <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
6589 | commands:
|
---|
6590 | </para>
|
---|
6591 |
|
---|
6592 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6593 |
|
---|
6594 | <listitem>
|
---|
6595 | <para>
|
---|
6596 | <computeroutput>enumerate <vm> [--patterns
|
---|
6597 | <pattern>]</computeroutput>: Lists all the guest
|
---|
6598 | properties that are available for the given VM, including the
|
---|
6599 | value. This list will be very limited if the guest's service
|
---|
6600 | process cannot be contacted, for example because the VM is not
|
---|
6601 | running or the Guest Additions are not installed.
|
---|
6602 | </para>
|
---|
6603 |
|
---|
6604 | <para>
|
---|
6605 | If <computeroutput>--patterns <pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
6606 | is specified, it acts as a filter to only list properties that
|
---|
6607 | match the given pattern. The pattern can contain the following
|
---|
6608 | wildcard characters:
|
---|
6609 | </para>
|
---|
6610 |
|
---|
6611 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6612 |
|
---|
6613 | <listitem>
|
---|
6614 | <para>
|
---|
6615 | <computeroutput>*</computeroutput> (asterisk): Represents
|
---|
6616 | any number of characters. For example,
|
---|
6617 | "<computeroutput>/VirtualBox*</computeroutput>" would
|
---|
6618 | match all properties beginning with "/VirtualBox".
|
---|
6619 | </para>
|
---|
6620 | </listitem>
|
---|
6621 |
|
---|
6622 | <listitem>
|
---|
6623 | <para>
|
---|
6624 | <computeroutput>?</computeroutput> (question mark):
|
---|
6625 | Represents a single arbitrary character. For example,
|
---|
6626 | "<computeroutput>fo?</computeroutput>" would match both
|
---|
6627 | "foo" and "for".
|
---|
6628 | </para>
|
---|
6629 | </listitem>
|
---|
6630 |
|
---|
6631 | <listitem>
|
---|
6632 | <para>
|
---|
6633 | <computeroutput>|</computeroutput> (pipe symbol): Can be
|
---|
6634 | used to specify multiple alternative patterns. For
|
---|
6635 | example, "<computeroutput>s*|t*</computeroutput>" would
|
---|
6636 | match anything starting with either "s" or "t".
|
---|
6637 | </para>
|
---|
6638 | </listitem>
|
---|
6639 |
|
---|
6640 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6641 | </listitem>
|
---|
6642 |
|
---|
6643 | <listitem>
|
---|
6644 | <para>
|
---|
6645 | <computeroutput>get <vm>
|
---|
6646 | <property></computeroutput>: Retrieves the value of a
|
---|
6647 | single property only. If the property cannot be found, for
|
---|
6648 | example because the guest is not running, the following
|
---|
6649 | message is shown:
|
---|
6650 | </para>
|
---|
6651 |
|
---|
6652 | <screen>No value set!</screen>
|
---|
6653 | </listitem>
|
---|
6654 |
|
---|
6655 | <listitem>
|
---|
6656 | <para>
|
---|
6657 | <computeroutput>set <vm> <property> [<value>
|
---|
6658 | [--flags <flags>]]</computeroutput>: Enables you to set
|
---|
6659 | a guest property by specifying the keyword and value. If
|
---|
6660 | <computeroutput><value></computeroutput> is omitted, the
|
---|
6661 | property is deleted. With
|
---|
6662 | <computeroutput>--flags</computeroutput>, you can specify
|
---|
6663 | additional behavior. You can combine several flags by
|
---|
6664 | separating them with commas.
|
---|
6665 | </para>
|
---|
6666 |
|
---|
6667 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6668 |
|
---|
6669 | <listitem>
|
---|
6670 | <para>
|
---|
6671 | <computeroutput>TRANSIENT</computeroutput>: The value will
|
---|
6672 | not be stored with the VM data when the VM exits.
|
---|
6673 | </para>
|
---|
6674 | </listitem>
|
---|
6675 |
|
---|
6676 | <listitem>
|
---|
6677 | <para>
|
---|
6678 | <computeroutput>TRANSRESET</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6679 | will be deleted as soon as the VM restarts or exits.
|
---|
6680 | </para>
|
---|
6681 | </listitem>
|
---|
6682 |
|
---|
6683 | <listitem>
|
---|
6684 | <para>
|
---|
6685 | <computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6686 | can only be changed by the host, but the guest can only
|
---|
6687 | read it.
|
---|
6688 | </para>
|
---|
6689 | </listitem>
|
---|
6690 |
|
---|
6691 | <listitem>
|
---|
6692 | <para>
|
---|
6693 | <computeroutput>RDONLYHOST</computeroutput>: The value can
|
---|
6694 | only be changed by the guest, but the host can only read
|
---|
6695 | it.
|
---|
6696 | </para>
|
---|
6697 | </listitem>
|
---|
6698 |
|
---|
6699 | <listitem>
|
---|
6700 | <para>
|
---|
6701 | <computeroutput>READONLY</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6702 | cannot be changed at all.
|
---|
6703 | </para>
|
---|
6704 | </listitem>
|
---|
6705 |
|
---|
6706 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6707 | </listitem>
|
---|
6708 |
|
---|
6709 | <listitem>
|
---|
6710 | <para>
|
---|
6711 | <computeroutput>wait <vm> <pattern> --timeout
|
---|
6712 | <timeout></computeroutput>: Waits for a particular value
|
---|
6713 | described by the pattern string to change or to be deleted or
|
---|
6714 | created. The pattern rules are the same as for the
|
---|
6715 | <command>enumerate</command> subcommand.
|
---|
6716 | </para>
|
---|
6717 | </listitem>
|
---|
6718 |
|
---|
6719 | <listitem>
|
---|
6720 | <para>
|
---|
6721 | <computeroutput>delete <vm>
|
---|
6722 | <property></computeroutput>: Deletes a guest property
|
---|
6723 | which has been set previously.
|
---|
6724 | </para>
|
---|
6725 | </listitem>
|
---|
6726 |
|
---|
6727 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6728 |
|
---|
6729 | </sect1>
|
---|
6730 |
|
---|
6731 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-guestcontrol">
|
---|
6732 |
|
---|
6733 | <title>VBoxManage guestcontrol</title>
|
---|
6734 |
|
---|
6735 | <para>
|
---|
6736 | The <command>guestcontrol</command> commands enable control of the
|
---|
6737 | guest from the host. See
|
---|
6738 | <xref
|
---|
6739 | linkend="guestadd-guestcontrol" /> for an introduction.
|
---|
6740 | </para>
|
---|
6741 |
|
---|
6742 | <para>
|
---|
6743 | The <command>guestcontrol</command> command has two sets of
|
---|
6744 | subcommands. The first set requires guest credentials to be
|
---|
6745 | specified, the second does not.
|
---|
6746 | </para>
|
---|
6747 |
|
---|
6748 | <para>
|
---|
6749 | The first set of subcommands is of the following form:
|
---|
6750 | </para>
|
---|
6751 |
|
---|
6752 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> <sub-command>
|
---|
6753 | [--username <name> ]
|
---|
6754 | [--passwordfile <file> | --password <password>]
|
---|
6755 | [--domain <domain> ]
|
---|
6756 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet] ...
|
---|
6757 | </screen>
|
---|
6758 |
|
---|
6759 | <para>
|
---|
6760 | The common options are as follows:
|
---|
6761 | </para>
|
---|
6762 |
|
---|
6763 | <screen>
|
---|
6764 | [--username <name> ]
|
---|
6765 | [--passwordfile <file> | --password <password>]
|
---|
6766 | [--domain <domain> ]
|
---|
6767 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet]
|
---|
6768 | </screen>
|
---|
6769 |
|
---|
6770 | <para>
|
---|
6771 | The common options for the first set of subcommands are explained
|
---|
6772 | in the following list.
|
---|
6773 | </para>
|
---|
6774 |
|
---|
6775 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6778 | <term>
|
---|
6779 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6780 | </term>
|
---|
6781 |
|
---|
6782 | <listitem>
|
---|
6783 | <para>
|
---|
6784 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6785 | </para>
|
---|
6786 | </listitem>
|
---|
6787 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6788 |
|
---|
6789 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6790 | <term>
|
---|
6791 | <computeroutput>--username <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
6792 | </term>
|
---|
6793 |
|
---|
6794 | <listitem>
|
---|
6795 | <para>
|
---|
6796 | Specifies the user name on guest OS under which the process
|
---|
6797 | should run. This user name must already exist on the guest
|
---|
6798 | OS. If unspecified, the host user name is used. Optional
|
---|
6799 | </para>
|
---|
6800 | </listitem>
|
---|
6801 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6802 |
|
---|
6803 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6804 | <term>
|
---|
6805 | <computeroutput>--passwordfile
|
---|
6806 | <file>|--password</computeroutput>
|
---|
6807 | </term>
|
---|
6808 |
|
---|
6809 | <listitem>
|
---|
6810 | <para>
|
---|
6811 | Specifies the absolute path on guest file system of password
|
---|
6812 | file containing the password for the specified user account
|
---|
6813 | or password for the specified user account. Optional. If
|
---|
6814 | both are omitted, empty password is assumed.
|
---|
6815 | </para>
|
---|
6816 | </listitem>
|
---|
6817 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6818 |
|
---|
6819 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6820 | <term>
|
---|
6821 | <computeroutput>--domain <domain></computeroutput>
|
---|
6822 | </term>
|
---|
6823 |
|
---|
6824 | <listitem>
|
---|
6825 | <para>
|
---|
6826 | User domain for Windows guests. Optional.
|
---|
6827 | </para>
|
---|
6828 | </listitem>
|
---|
6829 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6830 |
|
---|
6831 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6832 | <term>
|
---|
6833 | <computeroutput>-v|--verbose</computeroutput>
|
---|
6834 | </term>
|
---|
6835 |
|
---|
6836 | <listitem>
|
---|
6837 | <para>
|
---|
6838 | Makes the subcommand execution more verbose. Optional
|
---|
6839 | </para>
|
---|
6840 | </listitem>
|
---|
6841 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6842 |
|
---|
6843 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6844 | <term>
|
---|
6845 | <computeroutput>-q|--quiet</computeroutput>
|
---|
6846 | </term>
|
---|
6847 |
|
---|
6848 | <listitem>
|
---|
6849 | <para>
|
---|
6850 | Makes the subcommand execution quieter. Optional.
|
---|
6851 | </para>
|
---|
6852 | </listitem>
|
---|
6853 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6854 |
|
---|
6855 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6856 |
|
---|
6857 | <para>
|
---|
6858 | The first set of subcommands are as follows:
|
---|
6859 | </para>
|
---|
6860 |
|
---|
6861 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6862 |
|
---|
6863 | <listitem>
|
---|
6864 | <para>
|
---|
6865 | <computeroutput>run</computeroutput>: Executes a guest
|
---|
6866 | program, forwarding stdout, stderr, and stdin to and from the
|
---|
6867 | host until it completes.
|
---|
6868 | </para>
|
---|
6869 |
|
---|
6870 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> run [common-options]
|
---|
6871 | --exe <path to executable> [--timeout <msec>]
|
---|
6872 | [-E|--putenv <NAME>[=<VALUE>]] [--unquoted-args]
|
---|
6873 | [--ignore-operhaned-processes] [--profile]
|
---|
6874 | [--no-wait-stdout|--wait-stdout]
|
---|
6875 | [--no-wait-stderr|--wait-stderr]
|
---|
6876 | [--dos2unix] [--unix2dos]
|
---|
6877 | -- <program/arg0> [argument1] ... [argumentN]]
|
---|
6878 | </screen>
|
---|
6879 |
|
---|
6880 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6881 |
|
---|
6882 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6883 | <term>
|
---|
6884 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6885 | </term>
|
---|
6886 |
|
---|
6887 | <listitem>
|
---|
6888 | <para>
|
---|
6889 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6890 | </para>
|
---|
6891 | </listitem>
|
---|
6892 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6893 |
|
---|
6894 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6895 | <term>
|
---|
6896 | <computeroutput>--exe <path to
|
---|
6897 | executable></computeroutput>
|
---|
6898 | </term>
|
---|
6899 |
|
---|
6900 | <listitem>
|
---|
6901 | <para>
|
---|
6902 | Specifies the absolute path of the executable on the
|
---|
6903 | guest OS file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
6904 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>.
|
---|
6905 | </para>
|
---|
6906 | </listitem>
|
---|
6907 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6908 |
|
---|
6909 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6910 | <term>
|
---|
6911 | <computeroutput>--timeout <msec></computeroutput>
|
---|
6912 | </term>
|
---|
6913 |
|
---|
6914 | <listitem>
|
---|
6915 | <para>
|
---|
6916 | Specifies the maximum time, in microseconds, that the
|
---|
6917 | executable can run, during which
|
---|
6918 | <command>VBoxManage</command> receives its output.
|
---|
6919 | Optional. If unspecified, <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
6920 | waits indefinitely for the process to end, or an error
|
---|
6921 | occurs.
|
---|
6922 | </para>
|
---|
6923 | </listitem>
|
---|
6924 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6925 |
|
---|
6926 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6927 | <term>
|
---|
6928 | <computeroutput>-E|--putenv
|
---|
6929 | <NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>
|
---|
6930 | </term>
|
---|
6931 |
|
---|
6932 | <listitem>
|
---|
6933 | <para>
|
---|
6934 | Sets, modifies, and unsets environment variables in the
|
---|
6935 | environment in which the program will run. Optional.
|
---|
6936 | </para>
|
---|
6937 |
|
---|
6938 | <para>
|
---|
6939 | The guest process is created with the standard default
|
---|
6940 | guest OS environment. Use this option to modify that
|
---|
6941 | default environment. To set or modify a variable use:
|
---|
6942 | <computeroutput><NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>.
|
---|
6943 | To unset a variable use:
|
---|
6944 | <computeroutput><NAME>=</computeroutput>
|
---|
6945 | </para>
|
---|
6946 |
|
---|
6947 | <para>
|
---|
6948 | Any spaces in names and values should be enclosed by
|
---|
6949 | quotes.
|
---|
6950 | </para>
|
---|
6951 |
|
---|
6952 | <para>
|
---|
6953 | To set, modify, and unset multiple variables, use
|
---|
6954 | multiple instances of the
|
---|
6955 | <computeroutput>--E|--putenv</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
6956 | </para>
|
---|
6957 | </listitem>
|
---|
6958 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6959 |
|
---|
6960 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6961 | <term>
|
---|
6962 | <computeroutput>--unquoted-args</computeroutput>
|
---|
6963 | </term>
|
---|
6964 |
|
---|
6965 | <listitem>
|
---|
6966 | <para>
|
---|
6967 | Disables escaped double quoting, such as \"fred\", on
|
---|
6968 | arguments passed to the executed program. Optional.
|
---|
6969 | </para>
|
---|
6970 | </listitem>
|
---|
6971 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6972 |
|
---|
6973 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6974 | <term>
|
---|
6975 | <computeroutput>--ignore-operhaned-processes</computeroutput>
|
---|
6976 | </term>
|
---|
6977 |
|
---|
6978 | <listitem>
|
---|
6979 | <para>
|
---|
6980 | Ignore orphaned processes. Not yet implemented.
|
---|
6981 | Optional.
|
---|
6982 | </para>
|
---|
6983 | </listitem>
|
---|
6984 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6985 |
|
---|
6986 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6987 | <term>
|
---|
6988 | <computeroutput>--profile</computeroutput>
|
---|
6989 | </term>
|
---|
6990 |
|
---|
6991 | <listitem>
|
---|
6992 | <para>
|
---|
6993 | Use Profile. Not yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6994 | </para>
|
---|
6995 | </listitem>
|
---|
6996 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6997 |
|
---|
6998 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6999 | <term>
|
---|
7000 | <computeroutput>--no-wait-stdout|--wait-stdout</computeroutput>
|
---|
7001 | </term>
|
---|
7002 |
|
---|
7003 | <listitem>
|
---|
7004 | <para>
|
---|
7005 | Does not wait or waits until the guest process ends and
|
---|
7006 | receives its exit code and reason/flags. In the case of
|
---|
7007 | <computeroutput>--wait-stdout</computeroutput>,
|
---|
7008 | <command>VBoxManage</command> receives its stdout while
|
---|
7009 | the process runs. Optional.
|
---|
7010 | </para>
|
---|
7011 | </listitem>
|
---|
7012 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7013 |
|
---|
7014 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7015 | <term>
|
---|
7016 | <computeroutput>--no-wait-stderr|--wait-stderr</computeroutput>
|
---|
7017 | </term>
|
---|
7018 |
|
---|
7019 | <listitem>
|
---|
7020 | <para>
|
---|
7021 | Does not wait or waits until the guest process ends and
|
---|
7022 | receives its exit code, error messages, and flags. In
|
---|
7023 | the case of
|
---|
7024 | <computeroutput>--wait-stderr</computeroutput>,
|
---|
7025 | <command>VBoxManage</command> receives its stderr while
|
---|
7026 | the process runs. Optional.
|
---|
7027 | </para>
|
---|
7028 | </listitem>
|
---|
7029 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7030 |
|
---|
7031 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7032 | <term>
|
---|
7033 | <computeroutput>--dos2unix</computeroutput>
|
---|
7034 | </term>
|
---|
7035 |
|
---|
7036 | <listitem>
|
---|
7037 | <para>
|
---|
7038 | Converts output from DOS/Windows guests to
|
---|
7039 | UNIX/Linux-compatible line endings, CR + LF to LF. Not
|
---|
7040 | yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
7041 | </para>
|
---|
7042 | </listitem>
|
---|
7043 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7044 |
|
---|
7045 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7046 | <term>
|
---|
7047 | <computeroutput>--unix2dos</computeroutput>
|
---|
7048 | </term>
|
---|
7049 |
|
---|
7050 | <listitem>
|
---|
7051 | <para>
|
---|
7052 | Converts output from a UNIX/Linux guests to
|
---|
7053 | DOS/Windows-compatible line endings, LF to CR + LF. Not
|
---|
7054 | yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
7055 | </para>
|
---|
7056 | </listitem>
|
---|
7057 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7058 |
|
---|
7059 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7060 | <term>
|
---|
7061 | <computeroutput>[-- <program/arg0>
|
---|
7062 | [<argument1>] ...
|
---|
7063 | [<argumentN>]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7064 | </term>
|
---|
7065 |
|
---|
7066 | <listitem>
|
---|
7067 | <para>
|
---|
7068 | Specifies the program name, followed by one or more
|
---|
7069 | arguments to pass to the program. Optional.
|
---|
7070 | </para>
|
---|
7071 |
|
---|
7072 | <para>
|
---|
7073 | Any spaces in arguments should be enclosed by quotes.
|
---|
7074 | </para>
|
---|
7075 | </listitem>
|
---|
7076 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7077 |
|
---|
7078 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7079 |
|
---|
7080 | <note>
|
---|
7081 | <para>
|
---|
7082 | On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical
|
---|
7083 | applications. See <xref linkend="KnownIssues" />.
|
---|
7084 | </para>
|
---|
7085 | </note>
|
---|
7086 |
|
---|
7087 | <para>
|
---|
7088 | Examples of using the <command>guestcontrol run</command>
|
---|
7089 | command are as follows:
|
---|
7090 | </para>
|
---|
7091 |
|
---|
7092 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" run --exe "/bin/ls"
|
---|
7093 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout -- -l /usr</screen>
|
---|
7094 |
|
---|
7095 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" run --exe "c:\\windows\\system32\\ipconfig.exe"
|
---|
7096 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout</screen>
|
---|
7097 |
|
---|
7098 | <para>
|
---|
7099 | Note that the double backslashes in the second example are
|
---|
7100 | only required on UNIX hosts.
|
---|
7101 | </para>
|
---|
7102 |
|
---|
7103 | <note>
|
---|
7104 | <para>
|
---|
7105 | For certain commands a user name of an existing user account
|
---|
7106 | on the guest must be specified. Anonymous executions are not
|
---|
7107 | supported for security reasons. A user account password,
|
---|
7108 | however, is optional and depends on the guest's OS security
|
---|
7109 | policy or rules. If no password is specified for a given
|
---|
7110 | user name, an empty password will be used. On certain OSes
|
---|
7111 | like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in
|
---|
7112 | order to allow user accounts with an empty password set.
|
---|
7113 | Also, global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot
|
---|
7114 | be changed.
|
---|
7115 | </para>
|
---|
7116 | </note>
|
---|
7117 |
|
---|
7118 | <para>
|
---|
7119 | Starting at &product-name; 4.1.2 guest process execution by
|
---|
7120 | default is limited to serve up to five guest processes at a
|
---|
7121 | time. If a new guest process gets started which would exceed
|
---|
7122 | this limit, the oldest not running guest process will be
|
---|
7123 | discarded in order to be able to run that new process. Also,
|
---|
7124 | retrieving output from this old guest process will not be
|
---|
7125 | possible anymore then. If all five guest processes are still
|
---|
7126 | active and running, starting a new guest process will result
|
---|
7127 | in an appropriate error message.
|
---|
7128 | </para>
|
---|
7129 |
|
---|
7130 | <para>
|
---|
7131 | To raise or lower the guest process execution limit, either
|
---|
7132 | use the guest property
|
---|
7133 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7134 | or <command>VBoxService</command> command line by specifying
|
---|
7135 | <computeroutput>--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7136 | needs to be modified. A restart of the guest OS is required
|
---|
7137 | afterwards. To serve unlimited guest processes, a value of
|
---|
7138 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> needs to be set, but this
|
---|
7139 | is not recommended.
|
---|
7140 | </para>
|
---|
7141 | </listitem>
|
---|
7142 |
|
---|
7143 | <listitem>
|
---|
7144 | <para>
|
---|
7145 | <computeroutput>start</computeroutput>: Executes a guest
|
---|
7146 | program until it completes.
|
---|
7147 | </para>
|
---|
7148 |
|
---|
7149 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> start [common-options]
|
---|
7150 | [--exe <path to executable>] [--timeout <msec>]
|
---|
7151 | [-E|--putenv <NAME>[=<VALUE>]] [--unquoted-args]
|
---|
7152 | [--ignore-operhaned-processes] [--profile]
|
---|
7153 | -- <program/arg0> [argument1] ... [argumentN]]
|
---|
7154 | </screen>
|
---|
7155 |
|
---|
7156 | <para>
|
---|
7157 | Where the options are as follows:
|
---|
7158 | </para>
|
---|
7159 |
|
---|
7160 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7161 |
|
---|
7162 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7163 | <term>
|
---|
7164 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7165 | </term>
|
---|
7166 |
|
---|
7167 | <listitem>
|
---|
7168 | <para>
|
---|
7169 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7170 | </para>
|
---|
7171 | </listitem>
|
---|
7172 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7173 |
|
---|
7174 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7175 | <term>
|
---|
7176 | <computeroutput>--exe <path to
|
---|
7177 | executable></computeroutput>
|
---|
7178 | </term>
|
---|
7179 |
|
---|
7180 | <listitem>
|
---|
7181 | <para>
|
---|
7182 | Specifies the absolute path of the executable on the
|
---|
7183 | guest OS file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7184 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>
|
---|
7185 | </para>
|
---|
7186 | </listitem>
|
---|
7187 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7188 |
|
---|
7189 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7190 | <term>
|
---|
7191 | <computeroutput>--timeout <msec></computeroutput>
|
---|
7192 | </term>
|
---|
7193 |
|
---|
7194 | <listitem>
|
---|
7195 | <para>
|
---|
7196 | Specifies the maximum time, in microseconds, that the
|
---|
7197 | executable can run. Optional. If unspecified,
|
---|
7198 | <command>VBoxManage</command> waits indefinitely for the
|
---|
7199 | process to end, or an error occurs.
|
---|
7200 | </para>
|
---|
7201 | </listitem>
|
---|
7202 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7203 |
|
---|
7204 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7205 | <term>
|
---|
7206 | <computeroutput>-E|--putenv
|
---|
7207 | <NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>
|
---|
7208 | </term>
|
---|
7209 |
|
---|
7210 | <listitem>
|
---|
7211 | <para>
|
---|
7212 | Sets, modifies, and unsets environment variables in the
|
---|
7213 | environment in which the program will run. Optional.
|
---|
7214 | </para>
|
---|
7215 |
|
---|
7216 | <para>
|
---|
7217 | The guest process is created with the standard default
|
---|
7218 | guest OS environment. Use this option to modify that
|
---|
7219 | default environment. To set or modify a variable use:
|
---|
7220 | <computeroutput><NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>.
|
---|
7221 | To unset a variable use:
|
---|
7222 | <computeroutput><NAME>=</computeroutput>
|
---|
7223 | </para>
|
---|
7224 |
|
---|
7225 | <para>
|
---|
7226 | Any spaces in names and values should be enclosed by
|
---|
7227 | quotes.
|
---|
7228 | </para>
|
---|
7229 |
|
---|
7230 | <para>
|
---|
7231 | To set, modify, or unset multiple variables, use
|
---|
7232 | multiple instances of the
|
---|
7233 | <computeroutput>--E|--putenv</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
7234 | </para>
|
---|
7235 | </listitem>
|
---|
7236 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7237 |
|
---|
7238 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7239 | <term>
|
---|
7240 | <computeroutput>--unquoted-args</computeroutput>
|
---|
7241 | </term>
|
---|
7242 |
|
---|
7243 | <listitem>
|
---|
7244 | <para>
|
---|
7245 | Disables escaped double quoting, such as \"fred\", on
|
---|
7246 | arguments passed to the executed program. Optional.
|
---|
7247 | </para>
|
---|
7248 | </listitem>
|
---|
7249 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7250 |
|
---|
7251 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7252 | <term>
|
---|
7253 | <computeroutput>--ignore-operhaned-processes</computeroutput>
|
---|
7254 | </term>
|
---|
7255 |
|
---|
7256 | <listitem>
|
---|
7257 | <para>
|
---|
7258 | Ignores orphaned processes. Not yet implemented.
|
---|
7259 | Optional.
|
---|
7260 | </para>
|
---|
7261 | </listitem>
|
---|
7262 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7263 |
|
---|
7264 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7265 | <term>
|
---|
7266 | <computeroutput>--profile</computeroutput>
|
---|
7267 | </term>
|
---|
7268 |
|
---|
7269 | <listitem>
|
---|
7270 | <para>
|
---|
7271 | Use a profile. Not yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
7272 | </para>
|
---|
7273 | </listitem>
|
---|
7274 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7275 |
|
---|
7276 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7277 | <term>
|
---|
7278 | <computeroutput>[-- <program/arg0>
|
---|
7279 | [<argument1>] ...
|
---|
7280 | [<argumentN>]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7281 | </term>
|
---|
7282 |
|
---|
7283 | <listitem>
|
---|
7284 | <para>
|
---|
7285 | Specifies the program name, followed by one or more
|
---|
7286 | arguments to pass to the program. Optional.
|
---|
7287 | </para>
|
---|
7288 |
|
---|
7289 | <para>
|
---|
7290 | Any spaces in arguments should be enclosed by quotes.
|
---|
7291 | </para>
|
---|
7292 | </listitem>
|
---|
7293 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7294 |
|
---|
7295 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7296 |
|
---|
7297 | <note>
|
---|
7298 | <para>
|
---|
7299 | On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical
|
---|
7300 | applications. See <xref linkend="KnownIssues" />.
|
---|
7301 | </para>
|
---|
7302 | </note>
|
---|
7303 |
|
---|
7304 | <para>
|
---|
7305 | Examples of using the <command>guestcontrol start</command>
|
---|
7306 | command are as follows:
|
---|
7307 | </para>
|
---|
7308 |
|
---|
7309 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" start --exe "/bin/ls"
|
---|
7310 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout -- -l /usr</screen>
|
---|
7311 |
|
---|
7312 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" start --exe "c:\\windows\\system32\\ipconfig.exe"
|
---|
7313 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout</screen>
|
---|
7314 |
|
---|
7315 | <para>
|
---|
7316 | Note that the double backslashes in the second example are
|
---|
7317 | only required on UNIX hosts.
|
---|
7318 | </para>
|
---|
7319 |
|
---|
7320 | <note>
|
---|
7321 | <para>
|
---|
7322 | For certain commands a user name of an existing user account
|
---|
7323 | on the guest must be specified. Anonymous executions are not
|
---|
7324 | supported for security reasons. A user account password,
|
---|
7325 | however, is optional and depends on the guest's OS security
|
---|
7326 | policy or rules. If no password is specified for a given
|
---|
7327 | user name, an empty password will be used. On certain OSes
|
---|
7328 | like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in
|
---|
7329 | order to allow user accounts with an empty password set.
|
---|
7330 | Also, global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot
|
---|
7331 | be changed.
|
---|
7332 | </para>
|
---|
7333 | </note>
|
---|
7334 |
|
---|
7335 | <para>
|
---|
7336 | Starting at &product-name; 4.1.2 guest process execution by
|
---|
7337 | default is limited to serve up to five guest processes at a
|
---|
7338 | time. If a new guest process gets started which would exceed
|
---|
7339 | this limit, the oldest not running guest process will be
|
---|
7340 | discarded in order to be able to run that new process. Also,
|
---|
7341 | retrieving output from this old guest process will not be
|
---|
7342 | possible anymore then. If all five guest processes are still
|
---|
7343 | active and running, starting a new guest process will result
|
---|
7344 | in an appropriate error message.
|
---|
7345 | </para>
|
---|
7346 |
|
---|
7347 | <para>
|
---|
7348 | To raise or lower the guest process execution limit, either
|
---|
7349 | use the guest property
|
---|
7350 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7351 | or <command>VBoxService</command> command line by specifying
|
---|
7352 | <computeroutput>--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7353 | needs to be modified. A restart of the guest OS is required
|
---|
7354 | afterwards. To serve unlimited guest processes, a value of
|
---|
7355 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> needs to be set, but this
|
---|
7356 | is not recommended.
|
---|
7357 | </para>
|
---|
7358 | </listitem>
|
---|
7359 |
|
---|
7360 | <listitem>
|
---|
7361 | <para>
|
---|
7362 | <computeroutput>copyfrom</computeroutput>: Copies files from
|
---|
7363 | the guest to the host file system. Only available with Guest
|
---|
7364 | Additions 4.0 or later installed.
|
---|
7365 | </para>
|
---|
7366 |
|
---|
7367 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> copyfrom [common-options]
|
---|
7368 | [--follow] [--R|recursive]
|
---|
7369 | --target-directory <host-dst-dir>
|
---|
7370 | <guest-src0> [<guest-src1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7371 |
|
---|
7372 | <para>
|
---|
7373 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7374 | </para>
|
---|
7375 |
|
---|
7376 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7377 |
|
---|
7378 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7379 | <term>
|
---|
7380 | <computeroutput><uid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7381 | </term>
|
---|
7382 |
|
---|
7383 | <listitem>
|
---|
7384 | <para>
|
---|
7385 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7386 | </para>
|
---|
7387 | </listitem>
|
---|
7388 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7389 |
|
---|
7390 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7391 | <term>
|
---|
7392 | <computeroutput>--follow</computeroutput>
|
---|
7393 | </term>
|
---|
7394 |
|
---|
7395 | <listitem>
|
---|
7396 | <para>
|
---|
7397 | Enables symlink following on the guest file system.
|
---|
7398 | Optional.
|
---|
7399 | </para>
|
---|
7400 | </listitem>
|
---|
7401 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7402 |
|
---|
7403 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7404 | <term>
|
---|
7405 | <computeroutput>-R|--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7406 | </term>
|
---|
7407 |
|
---|
7408 | <listitem>
|
---|
7409 | <para>
|
---|
7410 | Enables recursive copying of files and directories from
|
---|
7411 | the specified guest file system directory. Optional.
|
---|
7412 | </para>
|
---|
7413 | </listitem>
|
---|
7414 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7415 |
|
---|
7416 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7417 | <term>
|
---|
7418 | <computeroutput>--target-directory
|
---|
7419 | <host-dst-dir></computeroutput>
|
---|
7420 | </term>
|
---|
7421 |
|
---|
7422 | <listitem>
|
---|
7423 | <para>
|
---|
7424 | Specifies the absolute path of the host file system
|
---|
7425 | destination directory. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7426 | <computeroutput>C:\Temp</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7427 | </para>
|
---|
7428 | </listitem>
|
---|
7429 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7430 |
|
---|
7431 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7432 | <term>
|
---|
7433 | <computeroutput><guest-src0> [<guest-src1>
|
---|
7434 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7435 | </term>
|
---|
7436 |
|
---|
7437 | <listitem>
|
---|
7438 | <para>
|
---|
7439 | Specifies the absolute paths of guest file system files
|
---|
7440 | to be copied. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7441 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7442 | Wildcards can be used in the expressions. For example:
|
---|
7443 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System*\*.dll</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7444 | </para>
|
---|
7445 | </listitem>
|
---|
7446 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7447 |
|
---|
7448 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7449 | </listitem>
|
---|
7450 |
|
---|
7451 | <listitem>
|
---|
7452 | <para>
|
---|
7453 | <computeroutput>copyto</computeroutput>: Copies files from the
|
---|
7454 | host to the guest file system. Only available with Guest
|
---|
7455 | Additions 4.0 or later installed.
|
---|
7456 | </para>
|
---|
7457 |
|
---|
7458 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> copyto [common-options]
|
---|
7459 | [--follow] [--R|recursive]
|
---|
7460 | --target-directory <guest-dst>
|
---|
7461 | <host-src0> [<host-src1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7462 |
|
---|
7463 | <para>
|
---|
7464 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7465 | </para>
|
---|
7466 |
|
---|
7467 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7468 |
|
---|
7469 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7470 | <term>
|
---|
7471 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7472 | </term>
|
---|
7473 |
|
---|
7474 | <listitem>
|
---|
7475 | <para>
|
---|
7476 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7477 | </para>
|
---|
7478 | </listitem>
|
---|
7479 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7480 |
|
---|
7481 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7482 | <term>
|
---|
7483 | <computeroutput>--follow</computeroutput>
|
---|
7484 | </term>
|
---|
7485 |
|
---|
7486 | <listitem>
|
---|
7487 | <para>
|
---|
7488 | Enables symlink following on the host file system.
|
---|
7489 | Optional.
|
---|
7490 | </para>
|
---|
7491 | </listitem>
|
---|
7492 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7493 |
|
---|
7494 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7495 | <term>
|
---|
7496 | <computeroutput>-R|--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7497 | </term>
|
---|
7498 |
|
---|
7499 | <listitem>
|
---|
7500 | <para>
|
---|
7501 | Enables recursive copying of files and directories from
|
---|
7502 | the specified host file system directory. Optional.
|
---|
7503 | </para>
|
---|
7504 | </listitem>
|
---|
7505 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7506 |
|
---|
7507 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7508 | <term>
|
---|
7509 | <computeroutput>--target-directory
|
---|
7510 | <guest-dst></computeroutput>
|
---|
7511 | </term>
|
---|
7512 |
|
---|
7513 | <listitem>
|
---|
7514 | <para>
|
---|
7515 | Specifies the absolute path of the guest file system
|
---|
7516 | destination directory. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7517 | <computeroutput>C:\Temp</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7518 | </para>
|
---|
7519 | </listitem>
|
---|
7520 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7521 |
|
---|
7522 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7523 | <term>
|
---|
7524 | <computeroutput><host-src0> [<host-src1>
|
---|
7525 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7526 | </term>
|
---|
7527 |
|
---|
7528 | <listitem>
|
---|
7529 | <para>
|
---|
7530 | Specifies the absolute paths of host file system files
|
---|
7531 | to be copied. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7532 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7533 | Wildcards can be used in the expressions. For example:
|
---|
7534 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System*\*.dll</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7535 | </para>
|
---|
7536 | </listitem>
|
---|
7537 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7538 |
|
---|
7539 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7540 | </listitem>
|
---|
7541 |
|
---|
7542 | <listitem>
|
---|
7543 | <para>
|
---|
7544 | <computeroutput>md|mkdir|createdir|createdirectory</computeroutput>:
|
---|
7545 | Creates one or more directories on the guest file system. Only
|
---|
7546 | available with Guest Additions 4.0 or later installed.
|
---|
7547 | </para>
|
---|
7548 |
|
---|
7549 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> md|mkdir|createdir|createdirectory [common-options]
|
---|
7550 | [--parents] [--mode <mode>]
|
---|
7551 | <guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7552 |
|
---|
7553 | <para>
|
---|
7554 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7555 | </para>
|
---|
7556 |
|
---|
7557 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7558 |
|
---|
7559 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7560 | <term>
|
---|
7561 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7562 | </term>
|
---|
7563 |
|
---|
7564 | <listitem>
|
---|
7565 | <para>
|
---|
7566 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7567 | </para>
|
---|
7568 | </listitem>
|
---|
7569 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7570 |
|
---|
7571 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7572 | <term>
|
---|
7573 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput>
|
---|
7574 | </term>
|
---|
7575 |
|
---|
7576 | <listitem>
|
---|
7577 | <para>
|
---|
7578 | Creates any absent parent directories of the specified
|
---|
7579 | directory. Optional.
|
---|
7580 | </para>
|
---|
7581 |
|
---|
7582 | <para>
|
---|
7583 | For example: If specified directory is
|
---|
7584 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\Bar</computeroutput> and
|
---|
7585 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo</computeroutput> is absent, it
|
---|
7586 | will be created. In such a case, had the
|
---|
7587 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> option not
|
---|
7588 | been used, this command would have failed.
|
---|
7589 | </para>
|
---|
7590 | </listitem>
|
---|
7591 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7592 |
|
---|
7593 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7594 | <term>
|
---|
7595 | <computeroutput>--mode <mode></computeroutput>
|
---|
7596 | </term>
|
---|
7597 |
|
---|
7598 | <listitem>
|
---|
7599 | <para>
|
---|
7600 | Specifies the permission mode on the specified
|
---|
7601 | directories, and any parents, if the
|
---|
7602 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> option is
|
---|
7603 | used. Currently octal modes only, such as.
|
---|
7604 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>, are supported.
|
---|
7605 | </para>
|
---|
7606 | </listitem>
|
---|
7607 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7608 |
|
---|
7609 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7610 | <term>
|
---|
7611 | <computeroutput><guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1>
|
---|
7612 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7613 | </term>
|
---|
7614 |
|
---|
7615 | <listitem>
|
---|
7616 | <para>
|
---|
7617 | Specifies a list of absolute paths of directories to be
|
---|
7618 | created on guest file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7619 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\Bar</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7620 | </para>
|
---|
7621 |
|
---|
7622 | <para>
|
---|
7623 | All parent directories must already exist unless the
|
---|
7624 | switch <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> is
|
---|
7625 | used. For example, in the above example
|
---|
7626 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo</computeroutput>. The specified
|
---|
7627 | user must have sufficient rights to create the specified
|
---|
7628 | directories, and any parents that need to be created.
|
---|
7629 | </para>
|
---|
7630 | </listitem>
|
---|
7631 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7632 |
|
---|
7633 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7634 | </listitem>
|
---|
7635 |
|
---|
7636 | <listitem>
|
---|
7637 | <para>
|
---|
7638 | <computeroutput>rmdir|removedir|removedirectory</computeroutput>:
|
---|
7639 | Deletes specified guest file system directories. Only
|
---|
7640 | available with installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later.
|
---|
7641 | </para>
|
---|
7642 |
|
---|
7643 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> rmdir|removedir|removedirectory [common-options]
|
---|
7644 | [--recursive|-R]
|
---|
7645 | <guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1> [...]]
|
---|
7646 | </screen>
|
---|
7647 |
|
---|
7648 | <para>
|
---|
7649 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7650 | </para>
|
---|
7651 |
|
---|
7652 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7653 |
|
---|
7654 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7655 | <term>
|
---|
7656 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7657 | </term>
|
---|
7658 |
|
---|
7659 | <listitem>
|
---|
7660 | <para>
|
---|
7661 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7662 | </para>
|
---|
7663 | </listitem>
|
---|
7664 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7665 |
|
---|
7666 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7667 | <term>
|
---|
7668 | <computeroutput>--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7669 | </term>
|
---|
7670 |
|
---|
7671 | <listitem>
|
---|
7672 | <para>
|
---|
7673 | Recursively removes directories and contents. Optional.
|
---|
7674 | </para>
|
---|
7675 | </listitem>
|
---|
7676 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7677 |
|
---|
7678 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7679 | <term>
|
---|
7680 | <computeroutput><guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1>
|
---|
7681 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7682 | </term>
|
---|
7683 |
|
---|
7684 | <listitem>
|
---|
7685 | <para>
|
---|
7686 | Specifies a list of the absolute paths of directories to
|
---|
7687 | be deleted on guest file system. Mandatory. Wildcards
|
---|
7688 | are allowed. For example:
|
---|
7689 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\*Bar</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
7690 | specified user must have sufficient rights to delete the
|
---|
7691 | specified directories.
|
---|
7692 | </para>
|
---|
7693 | </listitem>
|
---|
7694 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7695 |
|
---|
7696 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7697 | </listitem>
|
---|
7698 |
|
---|
7699 | <listitem>
|
---|
7700 | <para>
|
---|
7701 | <computeroutput>rm|removefile</computeroutput>: Deletes
|
---|
7702 | specified files on the guest file system. Only available with
|
---|
7703 | installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later.
|
---|
7704 | </para>
|
---|
7705 |
|
---|
7706 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> rm|removefile [common-options]
|
---|
7707 | [-f|--force]
|
---|
7708 | <guest-file0> [<guest-file1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7709 |
|
---|
7710 | <para>
|
---|
7711 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7712 | </para>
|
---|
7713 |
|
---|
7714 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7715 |
|
---|
7716 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7717 | <term>
|
---|
7718 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7719 | </term>
|
---|
7720 |
|
---|
7721 | <listitem>
|
---|
7722 | <para>
|
---|
7723 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7724 | </para>
|
---|
7725 | </listitem>
|
---|
7726 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7727 |
|
---|
7728 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7729 | <term>
|
---|
7730 | <computeroutput>-f|--force</computeroutput>
|
---|
7731 | </term>
|
---|
7732 |
|
---|
7733 | <listitem>
|
---|
7734 | <para>
|
---|
7735 | Enforce operation and override any requests for
|
---|
7736 | confirmations. Optional.
|
---|
7737 | </para>
|
---|
7738 | </listitem>
|
---|
7739 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7740 |
|
---|
7741 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7742 | <term>
|
---|
7743 | <computeroutput><guest-file0> [<guest-file1>
|
---|
7744 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7745 | </term>
|
---|
7746 |
|
---|
7747 | <listitem>
|
---|
7748 | <para>
|
---|
7749 | Specifies a list of absolute paths of files to be
|
---|
7750 | deleted on guest file system. Mandatory. Wildcards are
|
---|
7751 | allowed. For example:
|
---|
7752 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\Bar\text*.txt</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7753 | The specified user should have sufficient rights to
|
---|
7754 | delete the specified files.
|
---|
7755 | </para>
|
---|
7756 | </listitem>
|
---|
7757 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7758 |
|
---|
7759 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7760 | </listitem>
|
---|
7761 |
|
---|
7762 | <listitem>
|
---|
7763 | <para>
|
---|
7764 | <computeroutput>mv|move|ren|rename</computeroutput>: Renames
|
---|
7765 | files and/or directories on the guest file system. Only
|
---|
7766 | available with installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later.
|
---|
7767 | </para>
|
---|
7768 |
|
---|
7769 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> mv|move|ren|rename [common-options]
|
---|
7770 | <guest-source0> [<guest-source1> [...]] <guest-dest></screen>
|
---|
7771 |
|
---|
7772 | <para>
|
---|
7773 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7774 | </para>
|
---|
7775 |
|
---|
7776 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7777 |
|
---|
7778 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7779 | <term>
|
---|
7780 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7781 | </term>
|
---|
7782 |
|
---|
7783 | <listitem>
|
---|
7784 | <para>
|
---|
7785 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7786 | </para>
|
---|
7787 | </listitem>
|
---|
7788 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7789 |
|
---|
7790 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7791 | <term>
|
---|
7792 | <computeroutput><guest-source0>
|
---|
7793 | [<guest-source1> [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7794 | </term>
|
---|
7795 |
|
---|
7796 | <listitem>
|
---|
7797 | <para>
|
---|
7798 | Specifies absolute paths of files or a single directory
|
---|
7799 | to be moved and renamed on guest file system. Mandatory.
|
---|
7800 | Wildcards are allowed in file names. The specified user
|
---|
7801 | should have sufficient rights to access the specified
|
---|
7802 | files.
|
---|
7803 | </para>
|
---|
7804 | </listitem>
|
---|
7805 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7806 |
|
---|
7807 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7808 | <term>
|
---|
7809 | <computeroutput><dest></computeroutput>
|
---|
7810 | </term>
|
---|
7811 |
|
---|
7812 | <listitem>
|
---|
7813 | <para>
|
---|
7814 | Specifies the absolute path of the destination file or
|
---|
7815 | directory to which the files are to be moved. Mandatory.
|
---|
7816 | If only one file to be moved, <dest> can be file
|
---|
7817 | or directory, else it must be a directory. The specified
|
---|
7818 | user must have sufficient rights to access the
|
---|
7819 | destination file or directory.
|
---|
7820 | </para>
|
---|
7821 | </listitem>
|
---|
7822 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7823 |
|
---|
7824 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7825 | </listitem>
|
---|
7826 |
|
---|
7827 | <listitem>
|
---|
7828 | <para>
|
---|
7829 | <computeroutput>mktemp|createtemp|createtemporary</computeroutput>:
|
---|
7830 | Creates a temporary file or directory on the guest file
|
---|
7831 | system, to assist subsequent copying of files from the host to
|
---|
7832 | the guest file systems. By default, the file or directory is
|
---|
7833 | created in the guest's platform specific temp directory. Not
|
---|
7834 | currently supported. Only available with installed Guest
|
---|
7835 | Additions 4.2 and later.
|
---|
7836 | </para>
|
---|
7837 |
|
---|
7838 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> mktemp|createtemp|createtemporary [common-options]
|
---|
7839 | [--directory] [--secure] [--mode <mode>] [--tmpdir <directory>]
|
---|
7840 | <template>
|
---|
7841 | </screen>
|
---|
7842 |
|
---|
7843 | <para>
|
---|
7844 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7845 | </para>
|
---|
7846 |
|
---|
7847 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7848 |
|
---|
7849 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7850 | <term>
|
---|
7851 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7852 | </term>
|
---|
7853 |
|
---|
7854 | <listitem>
|
---|
7855 | <para>
|
---|
7856 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7857 | </para>
|
---|
7858 | </listitem>
|
---|
7859 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7860 |
|
---|
7861 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7862 | <term>
|
---|
7863 | <computeroutput>--directory</computeroutput>
|
---|
7864 | </term>
|
---|
7865 |
|
---|
7866 | <listitem>
|
---|
7867 | <para>
|
---|
7868 | Creates a temporary directory instead of a file,
|
---|
7869 | specified by the <template> parameter. Optional.
|
---|
7870 | </para>
|
---|
7871 | </listitem>
|
---|
7872 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7873 |
|
---|
7874 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7875 | <term>
|
---|
7876 | <computeroutput>--secure</computeroutput>
|
---|
7877 | </term>
|
---|
7878 |
|
---|
7879 | <listitem>
|
---|
7880 | <para>
|
---|
7881 | Enforces secure file and directory creation. Optional.
|
---|
7882 | The permission mode is set to
|
---|
7883 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>. Operation fails
|
---|
7884 | if it cannot be performed securely.
|
---|
7885 | </para>
|
---|
7886 | </listitem>
|
---|
7887 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7888 |
|
---|
7889 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7890 | <term>
|
---|
7891 | <computeroutput>--mode <mode></computeroutput>
|
---|
7892 | </term>
|
---|
7893 |
|
---|
7894 | <listitem>
|
---|
7895 | <para>
|
---|
7896 | Specifies the permission mode of the specified
|
---|
7897 | directory. Optional. Currently only octal modes, such as
|
---|
7898 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>, are supported.
|
---|
7899 | </para>
|
---|
7900 | </listitem>
|
---|
7901 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7902 |
|
---|
7903 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7904 | <term>
|
---|
7905 | <computeroutput>--tmpdir
|
---|
7906 | <directory></computeroutput>
|
---|
7907 | </term>
|
---|
7908 |
|
---|
7909 | <listitem>
|
---|
7910 | <para>
|
---|
7911 | Specifies the absolute path of the directory on the
|
---|
7912 | guest file system where the file or directory specified
|
---|
7913 | will be created. Optional. If unspecified, the
|
---|
7914 | platform-specific temp directory is used.
|
---|
7915 | </para>
|
---|
7916 | </listitem>
|
---|
7917 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7918 |
|
---|
7919 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7920 | <term>
|
---|
7921 | <computeroutput><template></computeroutput>
|
---|
7922 | </term>
|
---|
7923 |
|
---|
7924 | <listitem>
|
---|
7925 | <para>
|
---|
7926 | Specifies a file name without a directory path,
|
---|
7927 | containing at least one sequence of three consecutive X
|
---|
7928 | characters, or ending in X. Mandatory.
|
---|
7929 | </para>
|
---|
7930 | </listitem>
|
---|
7931 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7932 |
|
---|
7933 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7934 | </listitem>
|
---|
7935 |
|
---|
7936 | <listitem>
|
---|
7937 | <para>
|
---|
7938 | <computeroutput>stat</computeroutput>: Displays file or file
|
---|
7939 | system statuses on the guest.
|
---|
7940 | </para>
|
---|
7941 |
|
---|
7942 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> stat [common-options]
|
---|
7943 | <file0> [<file1> [...]]</screen>
|
---|
7944 |
|
---|
7945 | <para>
|
---|
7946 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7947 | </para>
|
---|
7948 |
|
---|
7949 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7950 |
|
---|
7951 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7952 | <term>
|
---|
7953 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7954 | </term>
|
---|
7955 |
|
---|
7956 | <listitem>
|
---|
7957 | <para>
|
---|
7958 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7959 | </para>
|
---|
7960 | </listitem>
|
---|
7961 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7962 |
|
---|
7963 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7964 | <term>
|
---|
7965 | <computeroutput><file0> [<file1>
|
---|
7966 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7967 | </term>
|
---|
7968 |
|
---|
7969 | <listitem>
|
---|
7970 | <para>
|
---|
7971 | Specifies absolute paths of files or file systems on the
|
---|
7972 | guest file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7973 | <computeroutput>/home/foo/a.out</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
7974 | specified user should have sufficient rights to access
|
---|
7975 | the specified files or file systems.
|
---|
7976 | </para>
|
---|
7977 | </listitem>
|
---|
7978 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7979 |
|
---|
7980 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7981 | </listitem>
|
---|
7982 |
|
---|
7983 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
7984 |
|
---|
7985 | <para>
|
---|
7986 | The second set of subcommands is of the form:
|
---|
7987 | </para>
|
---|
7988 |
|
---|
7989 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> <sub-command>
|
---|
7990 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet] ...
|
---|
7991 | </screen>
|
---|
7992 |
|
---|
7993 | <para>
|
---|
7994 | The common options are as follows:
|
---|
7995 | </para>
|
---|
7996 |
|
---|
7997 | <screen>
|
---|
7998 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|--quiet]
|
---|
7999 | </screen>
|
---|
8000 |
|
---|
8001 | <para>
|
---|
8002 | Details of the common options for the second set of subcommands
|
---|
8003 | are as follows:
|
---|
8004 | </para>
|
---|
8005 |
|
---|
8006 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8007 |
|
---|
8008 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8009 | <term>
|
---|
8010 | <computeroutput>-v|--verbose</computeroutput>
|
---|
8011 | </term>
|
---|
8012 |
|
---|
8013 | <listitem>
|
---|
8014 | <para>
|
---|
8015 | Makes the subcommand execution more verbose. Optional.
|
---|
8016 | </para>
|
---|
8017 | </listitem>
|
---|
8018 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8019 |
|
---|
8020 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8021 | <term>
|
---|
8022 | <computeroutput>-q|--quiet</computeroutput>
|
---|
8023 | </term>
|
---|
8024 |
|
---|
8025 | <listitem>
|
---|
8026 | <para>
|
---|
8027 | Makes the subcommand execution quieter. Optional.
|
---|
8028 | </para>
|
---|
8029 | </listitem>
|
---|
8030 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8031 |
|
---|
8032 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8033 |
|
---|
8034 | <para>
|
---|
8035 | The second set of subcommands are as follows:
|
---|
8036 | </para>
|
---|
8037 |
|
---|
8038 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8039 |
|
---|
8040 | <listitem>
|
---|
8041 | <para>
|
---|
8042 | <computeroutput>list</computeroutput>: Lists guest control
|
---|
8043 | configuration and status data. For example: open guest
|
---|
8044 | sessions, guest processes, and files.
|
---|
8045 | </para>
|
---|
8046 |
|
---|
8047 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> list [common-opts]
|
---|
8048 | <all|sessions|processes|files> </screen>
|
---|
8049 |
|
---|
8050 | <para>
|
---|
8051 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8052 | </para>
|
---|
8053 |
|
---|
8054 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8055 |
|
---|
8056 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8057 | <term>
|
---|
8058 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8059 | </term>
|
---|
8060 |
|
---|
8061 | <listitem>
|
---|
8062 | <para>
|
---|
8063 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8064 | </para>
|
---|
8065 | </listitem>
|
---|
8066 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8067 |
|
---|
8068 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8069 | <term>
|
---|
8070 | <computeroutput>all|sessions|processes|files</computeroutput>
|
---|
8071 | </term>
|
---|
8072 |
|
---|
8073 | <listitem>
|
---|
8074 | <para>
|
---|
8075 | Indicates whether to list all available data or guest
|
---|
8076 | sessions, processes or files. Mandatory.
|
---|
8077 | </para>
|
---|
8078 | </listitem>
|
---|
8079 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8080 |
|
---|
8081 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8082 | </listitem>
|
---|
8083 |
|
---|
8084 | <listitem>
|
---|
8085 | <para>
|
---|
8086 | <computeroutput>closeprocess</computeroutput>: Terminates
|
---|
8087 | guest processes specified by PIDs running in a guest session,
|
---|
8088 | specified by the session ID or name.
|
---|
8089 | </para>
|
---|
8090 |
|
---|
8091 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> closeprocess [common-options]
|
---|
8092 | --session-id <ID> | --session-name <name or pattern>
|
---|
8093 | <PID0> [<PID1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
8094 |
|
---|
8095 | <para>
|
---|
8096 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8097 | </para>
|
---|
8098 |
|
---|
8099 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8100 |
|
---|
8101 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8102 | <term>
|
---|
8103 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8104 | </term>
|
---|
8105 |
|
---|
8106 | <listitem>
|
---|
8107 | <para>
|
---|
8108 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8109 | </para>
|
---|
8110 | </listitem>
|
---|
8111 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8112 |
|
---|
8113 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8114 | <term>
|
---|
8115 | <computeroutput>--session-id <ID></computeroutput>
|
---|
8116 | </term>
|
---|
8117 |
|
---|
8118 | <listitem>
|
---|
8119 | <para>
|
---|
8120 | Specifies the guest session by its ID. Optional.
|
---|
8121 | </para>
|
---|
8122 | </listitem>
|
---|
8123 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8124 |
|
---|
8125 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8126 | <term>
|
---|
8127 | <computeroutput>--session-name <name or
|
---|
8128 | pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
8129 | </term>
|
---|
8130 |
|
---|
8131 | <listitem>
|
---|
8132 | <para>
|
---|
8133 | Specifies the guest session by its name, or multiple
|
---|
8134 | sessions using a pattern containing wildcards. Optional.
|
---|
8135 | </para>
|
---|
8136 | </listitem>
|
---|
8137 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8138 |
|
---|
8139 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8140 | <term>
|
---|
8141 | <computeroutput><PID0> [<PID1>
|
---|
8142 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
8143 | </term>
|
---|
8144 |
|
---|
8145 | <listitem>
|
---|
8146 | <para>
|
---|
8147 | Specifies a list of process identifiers (PIDs) of guest
|
---|
8148 | processes to be terminated. Mandatory.
|
---|
8149 | </para>
|
---|
8150 | </listitem>
|
---|
8151 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8152 |
|
---|
8153 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8154 | </listitem>
|
---|
8155 |
|
---|
8156 | <listitem>
|
---|
8157 | <para>
|
---|
8158 | <computeroutput>closesession</computeroutput>: Closes
|
---|
8159 | specified guest sessions, specified either by session ID or
|
---|
8160 | name.
|
---|
8161 | </para>
|
---|
8162 |
|
---|
8163 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> closesession [common-options]
|
---|
8164 | --session-id <ID> | --session-name <name or pattern> | --all </screen>
|
---|
8165 |
|
---|
8166 | <para>
|
---|
8167 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8168 | </para>
|
---|
8169 |
|
---|
8170 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8171 |
|
---|
8172 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8173 | <term>
|
---|
8174 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8175 | </term>
|
---|
8176 |
|
---|
8177 | <listitem>
|
---|
8178 | <para>
|
---|
8179 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8180 | </para>
|
---|
8181 | </listitem>
|
---|
8182 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8183 |
|
---|
8184 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8185 | <term>
|
---|
8186 | <computeroutput>--session-id <ID></computeroutput>
|
---|
8187 | </term>
|
---|
8188 |
|
---|
8189 | <listitem>
|
---|
8190 | <para>
|
---|
8191 | Specifies the guest session to be closed by ID.
|
---|
8192 | Optional.
|
---|
8193 | </para>
|
---|
8194 | </listitem>
|
---|
8195 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8196 |
|
---|
8197 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8198 | <term>
|
---|
8199 | <computeroutput>--session-name <name or
|
---|
8200 | pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
8201 | </term>
|
---|
8202 |
|
---|
8203 | <listitem>
|
---|
8204 | <para>
|
---|
8205 | Specifies the guest session to be closed by name.
|
---|
8206 | Optional. Multiple sessions can be specified by using a
|
---|
8207 | pattern containing wildcards.
|
---|
8208 | </para>
|
---|
8209 | </listitem>
|
---|
8210 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8211 |
|
---|
8212 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8213 | <term>
|
---|
8214 | <computeroutput>--all</computeroutput>
|
---|
8215 | </term>
|
---|
8216 |
|
---|
8217 | <listitem>
|
---|
8218 | <para>
|
---|
8219 | Close all guest sessions. Optional.
|
---|
8220 | </para>
|
---|
8221 | </listitem>
|
---|
8222 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8223 |
|
---|
8224 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8225 | </listitem>
|
---|
8226 |
|
---|
8227 | <listitem>
|
---|
8228 | <para>
|
---|
8229 | <computeroutput>updatega|updateadditions|updateguestadditions</computeroutput>:
|
---|
8230 | Ugrades Guest Additions already installed on the guest. Only
|
---|
8231 | available for already installed Guest Additions 4.0 and later.
|
---|
8232 | </para>
|
---|
8233 |
|
---|
8234 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> updatega|updateadditions|updateguestadditions
|
---|
8235 | [common-options]
|
---|
8236 | [--source <New .ISO path>]
|
---|
8237 | [--wait-start]
|
---|
8238 | [-- <argument0> [<argument1> [...]]]</screen>
|
---|
8239 |
|
---|
8240 | <para>
|
---|
8241 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8242 | </para>
|
---|
8243 |
|
---|
8244 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8245 |
|
---|
8246 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8247 | <term>
|
---|
8248 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8249 | </term>
|
---|
8250 |
|
---|
8251 | <listitem>
|
---|
8252 | <para>
|
---|
8253 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8254 | </para>
|
---|
8255 | </listitem>
|
---|
8256 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8257 |
|
---|
8258 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8259 | <term>
|
---|
8260 | <computeroutput>--source</computeroutput> <New .ISO
|
---|
8261 | path>
|
---|
8262 | </term>
|
---|
8263 |
|
---|
8264 | <listitem>
|
---|
8265 | <para>
|
---|
8266 | Specifies the absolute path on the guest file system of
|
---|
8267 | the .ISO file for the Guest Additions update. Mandatory.
|
---|
8268 | </para>
|
---|
8269 | </listitem>
|
---|
8270 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8271 |
|
---|
8272 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8273 | <term>
|
---|
8274 | <computeroutput>--wait-start</computeroutput>
|
---|
8275 | </term>
|
---|
8276 |
|
---|
8277 | <listitem>
|
---|
8278 | <para>
|
---|
8279 | Indicates that <command>VBoxManage</command> starts the
|
---|
8280 | usual updating process on the guest and then waits until
|
---|
8281 | the actual Guest Additions updating begins, at which
|
---|
8282 | point <command>VBoxManage</command> self-terminates.
|
---|
8283 | Optional.
|
---|
8284 | </para>
|
---|
8285 |
|
---|
8286 | <para>
|
---|
8287 | Default behavior is that <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
8288 | waits for completion of the Guest Additions update
|
---|
8289 | before terminating. Use of this option is sometimes
|
---|
8290 | necessary, as a running <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
8291 | can affect the interaction between the installer and the
|
---|
8292 | guest OS.
|
---|
8293 | </para>
|
---|
8294 | </listitem>
|
---|
8295 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8296 |
|
---|
8297 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8298 | <term>
|
---|
8299 | <computeroutput>[-- <argument0> [<argument1>
|
---|
8300 | [...]]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
8301 | </term>
|
---|
8302 |
|
---|
8303 | <listitem>
|
---|
8304 | <para>
|
---|
8305 | Specifies optional command line arguments to be supplied
|
---|
8306 | to the Guest Additions updater. Useful for retrofitting
|
---|
8307 | features which are not currently installed.
|
---|
8308 | </para>
|
---|
8309 |
|
---|
8310 | <para>
|
---|
8311 | Arguments containing spaces should be enclosed by
|
---|
8312 | quotes.
|
---|
8313 | </para>
|
---|
8314 | </listitem>
|
---|
8315 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8316 |
|
---|
8317 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8318 | </listitem>
|
---|
8319 |
|
---|
8320 | <listitem>
|
---|
8321 | <para>
|
---|
8322 | <computeroutput>watch</computeroutput>: Prints current guest
|
---|
8323 | control activity.
|
---|
8324 | </para>
|
---|
8325 |
|
---|
8326 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> watch [common-options]
|
---|
8327 | </screen>
|
---|
8328 |
|
---|
8329 | <para>
|
---|
8330 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8331 | </para>
|
---|
8332 |
|
---|
8333 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8334 |
|
---|
8335 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8336 | <term>
|
---|
8337 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8338 | </term>
|
---|
8339 |
|
---|
8340 | <listitem>
|
---|
8341 | <para>
|
---|
8342 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8343 | </para>
|
---|
8344 | </listitem>
|
---|
8345 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8346 |
|
---|
8347 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8348 | </listitem>
|
---|
8349 |
|
---|
8350 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8351 |
|
---|
8352 | </sect1>
|
---|
8353 |
|
---|
8354 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-metrics">
|
---|
8355 |
|
---|
8356 | <title>VBoxManage metrics</title>
|
---|
8357 |
|
---|
8358 | <para>
|
---|
8359 | This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources.
|
---|
8360 | Resources are represented by various metrics associated with the
|
---|
8361 | host system or a particular VM. For example, the host system has a
|
---|
8362 | <computeroutput>CPU/Load/User</computeroutput> metric that shows
|
---|
8363 | the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a
|
---|
8364 | specific sampling period.
|
---|
8365 | </para>
|
---|
8366 |
|
---|
8367 | <para>
|
---|
8368 | Metric data is collected and retained internally. It may be
|
---|
8369 | retrieved at any time with the <command>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8370 | query</command> subcommand. The data is available as long as the
|
---|
8371 | background <computeroutput>VBoxSVC</computeroutput> process is
|
---|
8372 | alive. That process terminates shortly after all VMs and frontends
|
---|
8373 | have been closed.
|
---|
8374 | </para>
|
---|
8375 |
|
---|
8376 | <para>
|
---|
8377 | By default no metrics are collected at all. Metrics collection
|
---|
8378 | does not start until <command>VBoxManage metrics setup</command>
|
---|
8379 | is invoked with a proper sampling interval and the number of
|
---|
8380 | metrics to be retained. The interval is measured in seconds. For
|
---|
8381 | example, to enable collecting the host processor and memory usage
|
---|
8382 | metrics every second and keeping the five most current samples,
|
---|
8383 | the following command can be used:
|
---|
8384 | </para>
|
---|
8385 |
|
---|
8386 | <screen>VBoxManage metrics setup --period 1 --samples 5 host CPU/Load,RAM/Usage</screen>
|
---|
8387 |
|
---|
8388 | <para>
|
---|
8389 | Metric collection can only be enabled for started VMs. Collected
|
---|
8390 | data and collection settings for a particular VM will disappear as
|
---|
8391 | soon as it shuts down. Use the <command>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8392 | list</command> subcommand to see which metrics are currently
|
---|
8393 | available. You can also use the <option>--list</option> option
|
---|
8394 | with any subcommand that modifies metric settings to find out
|
---|
8395 | which metrics were affected.
|
---|
8396 | </para>
|
---|
8397 |
|
---|
8398 | <para>
|
---|
8399 | Note that the <command>VBoxManage metrics setup</command>
|
---|
8400 | subcommand discards all samples that may have been previously
|
---|
8401 | collected for the specified set of objects and metrics.
|
---|
8402 | </para>
|
---|
8403 |
|
---|
8404 | <para>
|
---|
8405 | To enable or disable metrics collection without discarding the
|
---|
8406 | data, <command>VBoxManage metrics enable</command> and
|
---|
8407 | <command>VBoxManage metrics disable</command> subcommands can be
|
---|
8408 | used. Note that these subcommands expect metrics as parameters,
|
---|
8409 | not submetrics such as <computeroutput>CPU/Load</computeroutput>
|
---|
8410 | or <computeroutput>RAM/Usage</computeroutput>. In other words
|
---|
8411 | enabling <computeroutput>CPU/Load/User</computeroutput> while
|
---|
8412 | disabling <computeroutput>CPU/Load/Kernel</computeroutput> is not
|
---|
8413 | supported.
|
---|
8414 | </para>
|
---|
8415 |
|
---|
8416 | <para>
|
---|
8417 | The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics.
|
---|
8418 | Available metrics can be listed with <command>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8419 | list</command> subcommand.
|
---|
8420 | </para>
|
---|
8421 |
|
---|
8422 | <para>
|
---|
8423 | A complete metric name may include an aggregate function. The name
|
---|
8424 | has the following form:
|
---|
8425 | <computeroutput>Category/Metric[/SubMetric][:aggregate]</computeroutput>.
|
---|
8426 | For example, <computeroutput>RAM/Usage/Free:min</computeroutput>
|
---|
8427 | stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all
|
---|
8428 | retained data if applied to the host object.
|
---|
8429 | </para>
|
---|
8430 |
|
---|
8431 | <para>
|
---|
8432 | Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited
|
---|
8433 | to one object and a list of metrics. If no objects or metrics are
|
---|
8434 | given in the parameters, the subcommands will apply to all
|
---|
8435 | available metrics of all objects. You may use an asterisk
|
---|
8436 | "<computeroutput>*</computeroutput>" to explicitly specify that
|
---|
8437 | the command should be applied to all objects or metrics. Use
|
---|
8438 | <computeroutput>host</computeroutput> as the object name to limit
|
---|
8439 | the scope of the command to host-related metrics. To limit the
|
---|
8440 | scope to a subset of metrics, use a metric list with names
|
---|
8441 | separated by commas.
|
---|
8442 | </para>
|
---|
8443 |
|
---|
8444 | <para>
|
---|
8445 | For example, to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user
|
---|
8446 | and kernel modes by the virtual machine named
|
---|
8447 | <computeroutput>test</computeroutput>, use the following command:
|
---|
8448 | </para>
|
---|
8449 |
|
---|
8450 | <screen>VBoxManage metrics query test CPU/Load/User,CPU/Load/Kernel</screen>
|
---|
8451 |
|
---|
8452 | <para>
|
---|
8453 | The following list summarizes the available subcommands:
|
---|
8454 | </para>
|
---|
8455 |
|
---|
8456 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8457 |
|
---|
8458 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8459 | <term>
|
---|
8460 | <computeroutput>list</computeroutput>
|
---|
8461 | </term>
|
---|
8462 |
|
---|
8463 | <listitem>
|
---|
8464 | <para>
|
---|
8465 | Shows the parameters of the currently existing metrics. Note
|
---|
8466 | that VM-specific metrics are only available when a
|
---|
8467 | particular VM is running.
|
---|
8468 | </para>
|
---|
8469 | </listitem>
|
---|
8470 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8471 |
|
---|
8472 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8473 | <term>
|
---|
8474 | <computeroutput>setup</computeroutput>
|
---|
8475 | </term>
|
---|
8476 |
|
---|
8477 | <listitem>
|
---|
8478 | <para>
|
---|
8479 | Sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data
|
---|
8480 | and the number of samples retained internally. The retained
|
---|
8481 | data is available for displaying with the
|
---|
8482 | <command>query</command> subcommand. The
|
---|
8483 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> option shows which
|
---|
8484 | metrics have been modified as the result of the command
|
---|
8485 | execution.
|
---|
8486 | </para>
|
---|
8487 | </listitem>
|
---|
8488 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8489 |
|
---|
8490 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8491 | <term>
|
---|
8492 | <computeroutput>enable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8493 | </term>
|
---|
8494 |
|
---|
8495 | <listitem>
|
---|
8496 | <para>
|
---|
8497 | Resumes data collection after it has been stopped with the
|
---|
8498 | <command>disable</command> subcommand. Note that specifying
|
---|
8499 | submetrics as parameters will not enable underlying metrics.
|
---|
8500 | Use <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> to find out if
|
---|
8501 | the command worked as expected.
|
---|
8502 | </para>
|
---|
8503 | </listitem>
|
---|
8504 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8505 |
|
---|
8506 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8507 | <term>
|
---|
8508 | <computeroutput>disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8509 | </term>
|
---|
8510 |
|
---|
8511 | <listitem>
|
---|
8512 | <para>
|
---|
8513 | Suspends data collection without affecting collection
|
---|
8514 | parameters or collected data. Note that specifying
|
---|
8515 | submetrics as parameters will not disable underlying
|
---|
8516 | metrics. Use <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> to find
|
---|
8517 | out if the command worked as expected.
|
---|
8518 | </para>
|
---|
8519 | </listitem>
|
---|
8520 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8521 |
|
---|
8522 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8523 | <term>
|
---|
8524 | <computeroutput>query</computeroutput>
|
---|
8525 | </term>
|
---|
8526 |
|
---|
8527 | <listitem>
|
---|
8528 | <para>
|
---|
8529 | Retrieves and displays the currently retained metric data.
|
---|
8530 | </para>
|
---|
8531 |
|
---|
8532 | <note>
|
---|
8533 | <para>
|
---|
8534 | The <command>query</command> subcommand does not remove or
|
---|
8535 | flush retained data. If you query often enough you will
|
---|
8536 | see how old samples are gradually being phased out by new
|
---|
8537 | samples.
|
---|
8538 | </para>
|
---|
8539 | </note>
|
---|
8540 | </listitem>
|
---|
8541 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8542 |
|
---|
8543 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8544 | <term>
|
---|
8545 | <computeroutput>collect</computeroutput>
|
---|
8546 | </term>
|
---|
8547 |
|
---|
8548 | <listitem>
|
---|
8549 | <para>
|
---|
8550 | Sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data
|
---|
8551 | and the number of samples retained internally. The collected
|
---|
8552 | data is displayed periodically until Ctrl+C is pressed,
|
---|
8553 | unless the <computeroutput>--detach</computeroutput> option
|
---|
8554 | is specified. With the
|
---|
8555 | <computeroutput>--detach</computeroutput> option, this
|
---|
8556 | subcommand operates the same way as
|
---|
8557 | <computeroutput>setup</computeroutput> does. The
|
---|
8558 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> option shows which
|
---|
8559 | metrics match the specified filter.
|
---|
8560 | </para>
|
---|
8561 | </listitem>
|
---|
8562 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8563 |
|
---|
8564 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8565 |
|
---|
8566 | </sect1>
|
---|
8567 |
|
---|
8568 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-natnetwork">
|
---|
8569 |
|
---|
8570 | <title>VBoxManage natnetwork</title>
|
---|
8571 |
|
---|
8572 | <para>
|
---|
8573 | NAT networks use the Network Address Translation (NAT) service,
|
---|
8574 | which works in a similar way to a home router. It groups systems
|
---|
8575 | using it into a network and prevents outside systems from directly
|
---|
8576 | accessing those inside, while letting systems inside communicate
|
---|
8577 | with each other and outside systems using TCP and UDP over IPv4
|
---|
8578 | and IPv6.
|
---|
8579 | </para>
|
---|
8580 |
|
---|
8581 | <para>
|
---|
8582 | A NAT service is attached to an internal network. Virtual machines
|
---|
8583 | to make use of one should be attached to it. The name of an
|
---|
8584 | internal network is chosen when the NAT service is created, and
|
---|
8585 | the internal network will be created if it does not already exist.
|
---|
8586 | The following is an example command to create a NAT network:
|
---|
8587 | </para>
|
---|
8588 |
|
---|
8589 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork add --netname natnet1 --network "192.168.15.0/24" --enable</screen>
|
---|
8590 |
|
---|
8591 | <para>
|
---|
8592 | Here, <computeroutput>natnet1</computeroutput> is the name of the
|
---|
8593 | internal network to be used and
|
---|
8594 | <computeroutput>192.168.15.0/24</computeroutput> is the network
|
---|
8595 | address and mask of the NAT service interface. By default, in this
|
---|
8596 | static configuration the gateway will be assigned the address
|
---|
8597 | 192.168.15.1, the address after the interface address, though this
|
---|
8598 | is subject to change.
|
---|
8599 | </para>
|
---|
8600 |
|
---|
8601 | <para>
|
---|
8602 | To add a DHCP server to the NAT network after creation, run the
|
---|
8603 | following command:
|
---|
8604 | </para>
|
---|
8605 |
|
---|
8606 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork modify --netname natnet1 --dhcp on</screen>
|
---|
8607 |
|
---|
8608 | <para>
|
---|
8609 | The subcommands for <command>VBoxManage natnetwork</command> are
|
---|
8610 | as follows:
|
---|
8611 | </para>
|
---|
8612 |
|
---|
8613 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork add --netname <name>
|
---|
8614 | [--network <network>]
|
---|
8615 | [--enable|--disable]
|
---|
8616 | [--dhcp on|off]
|
---|
8617 | [--port-forward-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8618 | [--loopback-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8619 | [--ipv6 on|off]
|
---|
8620 | [--port-forward-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8621 | [--loopback-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8622 | </screen>
|
---|
8623 |
|
---|
8624 | <para>
|
---|
8625 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork add</command>: Creates a new
|
---|
8626 | internal network interface, and adds a NAT network service. This
|
---|
8627 | command is a prerequisite for enabling attachment of VMs to the
|
---|
8628 | NAT network. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8629 | </para>
|
---|
8630 |
|
---|
8631 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8632 |
|
---|
8633 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8634 | <term>
|
---|
8635 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8636 | </term>
|
---|
8637 |
|
---|
8638 | <listitem>
|
---|
8639 | <para>
|
---|
8640 | Where <name> is the name of the new internal network
|
---|
8641 | interface on the host OS.
|
---|
8642 | </para>
|
---|
8643 | </listitem>
|
---|
8644 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8645 |
|
---|
8646 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8647 | <term>
|
---|
8648 | <computeroutput>--network <network></computeroutput>
|
---|
8649 | </term>
|
---|
8650 |
|
---|
8651 | <listitem>
|
---|
8652 | <para>
|
---|
8653 | Where <network> specifies the static or DHCP network
|
---|
8654 | address and mask of the NAT service interface. The default
|
---|
8655 | is a static network address.
|
---|
8656 | </para>
|
---|
8657 | </listitem>
|
---|
8658 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8659 |
|
---|
8660 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8661 | <term>
|
---|
8662 | <computeroutput>--enable|--disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8663 | </term>
|
---|
8664 |
|
---|
8665 | <listitem>
|
---|
8666 | <para>
|
---|
8667 | Enables and disables the NAT network service.
|
---|
8668 | </para>
|
---|
8669 | </listitem>
|
---|
8670 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8671 |
|
---|
8672 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8673 | <term>
|
---|
8674 | <computeroutput>--dhcp on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8675 | </term>
|
---|
8676 |
|
---|
8677 | <listitem>
|
---|
8678 | <para>
|
---|
8679 | Enables and disables a DHCP server specified by
|
---|
8680 | <computeroutput>--netname</computeroutput>. Use of this
|
---|
8681 | option also indicates that it is a DHCP server.
|
---|
8682 | </para>
|
---|
8683 | </listitem>
|
---|
8684 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8685 |
|
---|
8686 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8687 | <term>
|
---|
8688 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8689 | </term>
|
---|
8690 |
|
---|
8691 | <listitem>
|
---|
8692 | <para>
|
---|
8693 | Enables IPv4 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8694 | <rule>.
|
---|
8695 | </para>
|
---|
8696 | </listitem>
|
---|
8697 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8698 |
|
---|
8699 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8700 | <term>
|
---|
8701 | <computeroutput>--loopback-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8702 | </term>
|
---|
8703 |
|
---|
8704 | <listitem>
|
---|
8705 | <para>
|
---|
8706 | Enables the IPv4 loopback interface, with a rule specified
|
---|
8707 | by <rule>.
|
---|
8708 | </para>
|
---|
8709 | </listitem>
|
---|
8710 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8711 |
|
---|
8712 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8713 | <term>
|
---|
8714 | <computeroutput>--ipv6 on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8715 | </term>
|
---|
8716 |
|
---|
8717 | <listitem>
|
---|
8718 | <para>
|
---|
8719 | Enables and disables IPv6. The default setting is IPv4,
|
---|
8720 | disabling IPv6 enables IPv4.
|
---|
8721 | </para>
|
---|
8722 | </listitem>
|
---|
8723 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8724 |
|
---|
8725 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8726 | <term>
|
---|
8727 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8728 | </term>
|
---|
8729 |
|
---|
8730 | <listitem>
|
---|
8731 | <para>
|
---|
8732 | Enables IPv6 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8733 | <rule>.
|
---|
8734 | </para>
|
---|
8735 | </listitem>
|
---|
8736 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8737 |
|
---|
8738 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8739 | <term>
|
---|
8740 | <computeroutput>--loopback-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8741 | </term>
|
---|
8742 |
|
---|
8743 | <listitem>
|
---|
8744 | <para>
|
---|
8745 | Enables the IPv6 loopback interface, with a rule specified
|
---|
8746 | by <rule>.
|
---|
8747 | </para>
|
---|
8748 | </listitem>
|
---|
8749 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8750 |
|
---|
8751 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8752 |
|
---|
8753 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork remove --netname <name> </screen>
|
---|
8754 |
|
---|
8755 | <para>
|
---|
8756 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork remove</command>: Removes a NAT
|
---|
8757 | network service. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8758 | </para>
|
---|
8759 |
|
---|
8760 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8761 |
|
---|
8762 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8763 | <term>
|
---|
8764 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8765 | </term>
|
---|
8766 |
|
---|
8767 | <listitem>
|
---|
8768 | <para>
|
---|
8769 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8770 | service. Does not remove any DHCP server enabled on the
|
---|
8771 | network.
|
---|
8772 | </para>
|
---|
8773 | </listitem>
|
---|
8774 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8775 |
|
---|
8776 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8777 |
|
---|
8778 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork modify --netname <name>
|
---|
8779 | [--network <network>]
|
---|
8780 | [--enable|--disable]
|
---|
8781 | [--dhcp on|off]
|
---|
8782 | [--port-forward-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8783 | [--loopback-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8784 | [--ipv6 on|off]
|
---|
8785 | [--port-forward-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8786 | [--loopback-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8787 | </screen>
|
---|
8788 |
|
---|
8789 | <para>
|
---|
8790 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork modify</command>: Modifies an
|
---|
8791 | existing NAT network service. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8792 | </para>
|
---|
8793 |
|
---|
8794 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8795 |
|
---|
8796 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8797 | <term>
|
---|
8798 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8799 | </term>
|
---|
8800 |
|
---|
8801 | <listitem>
|
---|
8802 | <para>
|
---|
8803 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8804 | service.
|
---|
8805 | </para>
|
---|
8806 | </listitem>
|
---|
8807 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8808 |
|
---|
8809 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8810 | <term>
|
---|
8811 | <computeroutput>--network <network></computeroutput>
|
---|
8812 | </term>
|
---|
8813 |
|
---|
8814 | <listitem>
|
---|
8815 | <para>
|
---|
8816 | Where <network> specifies the new static or DHCP
|
---|
8817 | network address and mask of the NAT service interface. The
|
---|
8818 | default is a static network address.
|
---|
8819 | </para>
|
---|
8820 | </listitem>
|
---|
8821 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8822 |
|
---|
8823 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8824 | <term>
|
---|
8825 | <computeroutput>--enable|--disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8826 | </term>
|
---|
8827 |
|
---|
8828 | <listitem>
|
---|
8829 | <para>
|
---|
8830 | Enables and disables the NAT network service.
|
---|
8831 | </para>
|
---|
8832 | </listitem>
|
---|
8833 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8834 |
|
---|
8835 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8836 | <term>
|
---|
8837 | <computeroutput>--dhcp on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8838 | </term>
|
---|
8839 |
|
---|
8840 | <listitem>
|
---|
8841 | <para>
|
---|
8842 | Enables and disables a DHCP server. If a DHCP server is not
|
---|
8843 | present, using enable adds a new DHCP server.
|
---|
8844 | </para>
|
---|
8845 | </listitem>
|
---|
8846 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8847 |
|
---|
8848 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8849 | <term>
|
---|
8850 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8851 | </term>
|
---|
8852 |
|
---|
8853 | <listitem>
|
---|
8854 | <para>
|
---|
8855 | Enables IPv4 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8856 | <rule>.
|
---|
8857 | </para>
|
---|
8858 | </listitem>
|
---|
8859 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8860 |
|
---|
8861 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8862 | <term>
|
---|
8863 | <computeroutput>--loopback-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8864 | </term>
|
---|
8865 |
|
---|
8866 | <listitem>
|
---|
8867 | <para>
|
---|
8868 | Enables the IPv4 loopback interface, with a rule specified
|
---|
8869 | by <rule>.
|
---|
8870 | </para>
|
---|
8871 | </listitem>
|
---|
8872 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8873 |
|
---|
8874 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8875 | <term>
|
---|
8876 | <computeroutput>--ipv6 on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8877 | </term>
|
---|
8878 |
|
---|
8879 | <listitem>
|
---|
8880 | <para>
|
---|
8881 | Enables and disables IPv6. The default setting is IPv4,
|
---|
8882 | disabling IPv6 enables IPv4.
|
---|
8883 | </para>
|
---|
8884 | </listitem>
|
---|
8885 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8886 |
|
---|
8887 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8888 | <term>
|
---|
8889 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8890 | </term>
|
---|
8891 |
|
---|
8892 | <listitem>
|
---|
8893 | <para>
|
---|
8894 | Enables IPv6 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8895 | <rule>.
|
---|
8896 | </para>
|
---|
8897 | </listitem>
|
---|
8898 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8899 |
|
---|
8900 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8901 | <term>
|
---|
8902 | <computeroutput>--loopback-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8903 | </term>
|
---|
8904 |
|
---|
8905 | <listitem>
|
---|
8906 | <para>
|
---|
8907 | Enables IPv6 loopback interface, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8908 | <rule>.
|
---|
8909 | </para>
|
---|
8910 | </listitem>
|
---|
8911 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8912 |
|
---|
8913 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8914 |
|
---|
8915 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork start --netname <name>
|
---|
8916 | </screen>
|
---|
8917 |
|
---|
8918 | <para>
|
---|
8919 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork start</command>: Starts the
|
---|
8920 | specified NAT network service and any associated DHCP server.
|
---|
8921 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8922 | </para>
|
---|
8923 |
|
---|
8924 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8925 |
|
---|
8926 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8927 | <term>
|
---|
8928 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8929 | </term>
|
---|
8930 |
|
---|
8931 | <listitem>
|
---|
8932 | <para>
|
---|
8933 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8934 | service.
|
---|
8935 | </para>
|
---|
8936 | </listitem>
|
---|
8937 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8938 |
|
---|
8939 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8940 |
|
---|
8941 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork stop --netname <name>
|
---|
8942 | </screen>
|
---|
8943 |
|
---|
8944 | <para>
|
---|
8945 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork stop</command>: Stops the specified
|
---|
8946 | NAT network service and any DHCP server. Parameters are as
|
---|
8947 | follows:
|
---|
8948 | </para>
|
---|
8949 |
|
---|
8950 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8951 |
|
---|
8952 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8953 | <term>
|
---|
8954 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8955 | </term>
|
---|
8956 |
|
---|
8957 | <listitem>
|
---|
8958 | <para>
|
---|
8959 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8960 | service.
|
---|
8961 | </para>
|
---|
8962 | </listitem>
|
---|
8963 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8964 |
|
---|
8965 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8966 |
|
---|
8967 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork list [<pattern>] </screen>
|
---|
8968 |
|
---|
8969 | <para>
|
---|
8970 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork list</command>: Lists all NAT
|
---|
8971 | network services, with optional filtering. Parameters are as
|
---|
8972 | follows:
|
---|
8973 | </para>
|
---|
8974 |
|
---|
8975 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8976 |
|
---|
8977 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8978 | <term>
|
---|
8979 | <computeroutput>[<pattern>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
8980 | </term>
|
---|
8981 |
|
---|
8982 | <listitem>
|
---|
8983 | <para>
|
---|
8984 | Where <pattern> is an optional filtering pattern.
|
---|
8985 | </para>
|
---|
8986 | </listitem>
|
---|
8987 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8988 |
|
---|
8989 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8990 |
|
---|
8991 | </sect1>
|
---|
8992 |
|
---|
8993 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-hostonlyif">
|
---|
8994 |
|
---|
8995 | <title>VBoxManage hostonlyif</title>
|
---|
8996 |
|
---|
8997 | <para>
|
---|
8998 | The <command>hostonlyif</command> command enables you to change
|
---|
8999 | the IP configuration of a host-only network interface. For a
|
---|
9000 | description of host-only networking, see
|
---|
9001 | <xref linkend="network_hostonly" />. Each host-only interface is
|
---|
9002 | identified by a name and can either use the internal DHCP server
|
---|
9003 | or a manual IP configuration, both IP4 and IP6.
|
---|
9004 | </para>
|
---|
9005 |
|
---|
9006 | <para>
|
---|
9007 | The following list summarizes the available subcommands:
|
---|
9008 | </para>
|
---|
9009 |
|
---|
9010 | <variablelist>
|
---|
9011 |
|
---|
9012 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
9013 | <term>
|
---|
9014 | <computeroutput>ipconfig "<name>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
9015 | </term>
|
---|
9016 |
|
---|
9017 | <listitem>
|
---|
9018 | <para>
|
---|
9019 | Configures a host-only interface.
|
---|
9020 | </para>
|
---|
9021 | </listitem>
|
---|
9022 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
9023 |
|
---|
9024 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
9025 | <term>
|
---|
9026 | <computeroutput>create</computeroutput>
|
---|
9027 | </term>
|
---|
9028 |
|
---|
9029 | <listitem>
|
---|
9030 | <para>
|
---|
9031 | Creates a new vboxnet<N> interface on the host OS.
|
---|
9032 | This command is essential before you can attach VMs to a
|
---|
9033 | host-only network.
|
---|
9034 | </para>
|
---|
9035 | </listitem>
|
---|
9036 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
9037 |
|
---|
9038 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
9039 | <term>
|
---|
9040 | <computeroutput>remove vboxnet<N></computeroutput>
|
---|
9041 | </term>
|
---|
9042 |
|
---|
9043 | <listitem>
|
---|
9044 | <para>
|
---|
9045 | Removes a vboxnet<N> interface from the host OS.
|
---|
9046 | </para>
|
---|
9047 | </listitem>
|
---|
9048 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
9049 |
|
---|
9050 | </variablelist>
|
---|
9051 |
|
---|
9052 | </sect1>
|
---|
9053 |
|
---|
9054 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-dhcpserver">
|
---|
9055 |
|
---|
9056 | <title>VBoxManage dhcpserver</title>
|
---|
9057 |
|
---|
9058 | <para>
|
---|
9059 | The <command>dhcpserver</command> commands enable you to control
|
---|
9060 | the DHCP server that is built into &product-name;. You may find
|
---|
9061 | this useful when using internal or host-only networking.
|
---|
9062 | Theoretically, you can also enable it for a bridged network, but
|
---|
9063 | that may cause conflicts with other DHCP servers in your physical
|
---|
9064 | network.
|
---|
9065 | </para>
|
---|
9066 |
|
---|
9067 | <para>
|
---|
9068 | Use the following command line options:
|
---|
9069 | </para>
|
---|
9070 |
|
---|
9071 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
9072 |
|
---|
9073 | <listitem>
|
---|
9074 | <para>
|
---|
9075 | If you use internal networking for a virtual network adapter
|
---|
9076 | of a virtual machine, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
9077 | dhcpserver add --netname
|
---|
9078 | <network_name></computeroutput>, where
|
---|
9079 | <computeroutput><network_name></computeroutput> is the
|
---|
9080 | same network name you used with <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
9081 | modifyvm <vmname> --intnet<X>
|
---|
9082 | <network_name></computeroutput>.
|
---|
9083 | </para>
|
---|
9084 | </listitem>
|
---|
9085 |
|
---|
9086 | <listitem>
|
---|
9087 | <para>
|
---|
9088 | If you use host-only networking for a virtual network adapter
|
---|
9089 | of a virtual machine, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
9090 | dhcpserver add --ifname
|
---|
9091 | <hostonly_if_name></computeroutput> instead, where
|
---|
9092 | <computeroutput><hostonly_if_name></computeroutput> is
|
---|
9093 | the same host-only interface name you used with
|
---|
9094 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm <vmname>
|
---|
9095 | --hostonlyadapter<X>
|
---|
9096 | <hostonly_if_name></computeroutput>.
|
---|
9097 | </para>
|
---|
9098 |
|
---|
9099 | <para>
|
---|
9100 | Alternatively, you can also use the <option>--netname</option>
|
---|
9101 | option as with internal networks if you know the host-only
|
---|
9102 | network's name. You can see the names with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
9103 | list hostonlyifs</command>. See
|
---|
9104 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />.
|
---|
9105 | </para>
|
---|
9106 | </listitem>
|
---|
9107 |
|
---|
9108 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
9109 |
|
---|
9110 | <para>
|
---|
9111 | The following additional parameters are required when first adding
|
---|
9112 | a DHCP server:
|
---|
9113 | </para>
|
---|
9114 |
|
---|
9115 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
9116 |
|
---|
9117 | <listitem>
|
---|
9118 | <para>
|
---|
9119 | With <computeroutput>--ip</computeroutput>, specify the IP
|
---|
9120 | address of the DHCP server.
|
---|
9121 | </para>
|
---|
9122 | </listitem>
|
---|
9123 |
|
---|
9124 | <listitem>
|
---|
9125 | <para>
|
---|
9126 | With <computeroutput>--netmask</computeroutput>, specify the
|
---|
9127 | netmask of the network.
|
---|
9128 | </para>
|
---|
9129 | </listitem>
|
---|
9130 |
|
---|
9131 | <listitem>
|
---|
9132 | <para>
|
---|
9133 | With <computeroutput>--lowerip</computeroutput> and
|
---|
9134 | <computeroutput>--upperip</computeroutput>, you can specify
|
---|
9135 | the lowest and highest IP address that the DHCP server will
|
---|
9136 | assign to clients.
|
---|
9137 | </para>
|
---|
9138 | </listitem>
|
---|
9139 |
|
---|
9140 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
9141 |
|
---|
9142 | <para>
|
---|
9143 | You can specify additional DHCP options with the
|
---|
9144 | <computeroutput>--options</computeroutput> command option. Use
|
---|
9145 | <computeroutput>--id</computeroutput> and
|
---|
9146 | <computeroutput>--value</computeroutput> to configure a number and
|
---|
9147 | string pair corresponding to the DHCP option. Use
|
---|
9148 | <computeroutput>--remove</computeroutput> to remove a DHCP option.
|
---|
9149 | </para>
|
---|
9150 |
|
---|
9151 | <para>
|
---|
9152 | The <computeroutput>--vm</computeroutput> and
|
---|
9153 | <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> settings enable you to
|
---|
9154 | configure DHCP options for a specific network adapter used by the
|
---|
9155 | named VM.
|
---|
9156 | </para>
|
---|
9157 |
|
---|
9158 | <para>
|
---|
9159 | Finally, you must specify
|
---|
9160 | <computeroutput>--enable</computeroutput> or the DHCP server will
|
---|
9161 | be created in the disabled state and will not be running.
|
---|
9162 | </para>
|
---|
9163 |
|
---|
9164 | <para>
|
---|
9165 | After this, &product-name; will automatically start the DHCP
|
---|
9166 | server for the specified internal network or host-only network as
|
---|
9167 | soon as the first virtual machine which uses that network is
|
---|
9168 | started.
|
---|
9169 | </para>
|
---|
9170 |
|
---|
9171 | <para>
|
---|
9172 | Use <command>VBoxManage dhcpserver remove</command> with the given
|
---|
9173 | <computeroutput>--netname <network_name></computeroutput> or
|
---|
9174 | <computeroutput>--ifname <hostonly_if_name></computeroutput>
|
---|
9175 | to remove the DHCP server for the specified internal network or
|
---|
9176 | host-only network.
|
---|
9177 | </para>
|
---|
9178 |
|
---|
9179 | <para>
|
---|
9180 | To modify the settings of a DHCP server created using
|
---|
9181 | <command>VBoxManage dhcpserver add</command>, you can use
|
---|
9182 | <command>VBoxManage dhcpserver modify</command> for a given
|
---|
9183 | network or host-only interface name. This has the same parameters
|
---|
9184 | as <command>VBoxManage dhcpserver add</command>.
|
---|
9185 | </para>
|
---|
9186 |
|
---|
9187 | </sect1>
|
---|
9188 |
|
---|
9189 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-usbdevsource">
|
---|
9190 |
|
---|
9191 | <title>VBoxManage usbdevsource</title>
|
---|
9192 |
|
---|
9193 | <para>
|
---|
9194 | The <command>usbdevsource</command> commands enable you to add and
|
---|
9195 | remove USB devices globally.
|
---|
9196 | </para>
|
---|
9197 |
|
---|
9198 | <para>
|
---|
9199 | The following command adds a USB device.
|
---|
9200 | </para>
|
---|
9201 |
|
---|
9202 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource add <source name>
|
---|
9203 | --backend <backend>
|
---|
9204 | --address <address>
|
---|
9205 | </screen>
|
---|
9206 |
|
---|
9207 | <para>
|
---|
9208 | Where the command line options are as follows:
|
---|
9209 | </para>
|
---|
9210 |
|
---|
9211 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
9212 |
|
---|
9213 | <listitem>
|
---|
9214 | <para>
|
---|
9215 | <computeroutput><source name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
9216 | Specifies the ID of the source USB device to be added.
|
---|
9217 | Mandatory.
|
---|
9218 | </para>
|
---|
9219 | </listitem>
|
---|
9220 |
|
---|
9221 | <listitem>
|
---|
9222 | <para>
|
---|
9223 | <computeroutput>--backend <backend></computeroutput>:
|
---|
9224 | Specifies the USB proxy service backend to use. Mandatory.
|
---|
9225 | </para>
|
---|
9226 | </listitem>
|
---|
9227 |
|
---|
9228 | <listitem>
|
---|
9229 | <para>
|
---|
9230 | <computeroutput> --address <address></computeroutput>:
|
---|
9231 | Specifies the backend specific address. Mandatory.
|
---|
9232 | </para>
|
---|
9233 | </listitem>
|
---|
9234 |
|
---|
9235 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
9236 |
|
---|
9237 | <para>
|
---|
9238 | The following command removes a USB device.
|
---|
9239 | </para>
|
---|
9240 |
|
---|
9241 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource remove <source name>
|
---|
9242 | </screen>
|
---|
9243 |
|
---|
9244 | <para>
|
---|
9245 | Where the command line options are as follows:
|
---|
9246 | </para>
|
---|
9247 |
|
---|
9248 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
9249 |
|
---|
9250 | <listitem>
|
---|
9251 | <para>
|
---|
9252 | <computeroutput><source name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
9253 | Specifies the ID of the source USB device to be removed.
|
---|
9254 | Mandatory.
|
---|
9255 | </para>
|
---|
9256 | </listitem>
|
---|
9257 |
|
---|
9258 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
9259 |
|
---|
9260 | </sect1>
|
---|
9261 |
|
---|
9262 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-mediumio.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
9263 |
|
---|
9264 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-debugvm.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
9265 |
|
---|
9266 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-extpack.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
9267 |
|
---|
9268 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-unattended.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
9269 |
|
---|
9270 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-cloudprofile.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
9271 |
|
---|
9272 | </chapter>
|
---|